summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/37926.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '37926.txt')
-rw-r--r--37926.txt8294
1 files changed, 8294 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/37926.txt b/37926.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e87eac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/37926.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8294 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of 'As Gold in the Furnace', by John E. Copus
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: 'As Gold in the Furnace'
+ A College Story
+
+Author: John E. Copus
+
+Release Date: November 5, 2011 [EBook #37926]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 'AS GOLD IN THE FURNACE' ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jen Haines and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+"AS GOLD IN THE FURNACE"
+
+
+
+
+ Books by the Same Author
+
+
+ =Harry Russell=; a Rockland College Boy.
+ 12mo, cloth, .85
+
+ =Saint Cuthbert's.=
+ 12mo, cloth, .85
+
+ =Shadows Lifted.=
+ 12mo, cloth, .85
+
+ =Tom Losely: Boy.=
+ 12mo, cloth, .85
+
+ =The Making of Mortlake.=
+ 12mo, cloth, .85
+
+ =The Son of Siro.= A Novel. Illustrated.
+ 12mo, cloth, 1.50
+
+
+[Illustration: It was hard! It was a sore trial to give up his dream
+of years!--_Page 20._]
+
+
+"As Gold in the Furnace"
+
+A COLLEGE STORY
+
+(Sequel to "SHADOWS LIFTED")
+
+By Rev. JOHN E. COPUS, S.J.
+
+Author of "Harry Russell," "The Son of Siro," etc.
+
+[Illustration: Small religious line drawing]
+
+ NEW YORK, CINCINNATI, CHICAGO
+
+ BENZIGER BROTHERS
+
+ PRINTERS TO THE | PUBLISHERS OF
+ HOLY APOSTOLIC SEE | BENZIGER'S MAGAZINE
+
+ 1910
+
+
+ COPYRIGHT, 1910, BY BENZIGER BROTHERS.
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAPTER I PAGE
+ Roy Surprises His Friends 7
+
+ CHAPTER II
+ The Motive 13
+
+ CHAPTER III
+ The Conditions 19
+
+ CHAPTER IV
+ Roy and Garrett 25
+
+ CHAPTER V
+ A Pitching Cage 30
+
+ CHAPTER VI
+ Advice 38
+
+ CHAPTER VII
+ The Little Sisters 45
+
+ CHAPTER VIII
+ Something Happens 56
+
+ CHAPTER IX
+ Who? 64
+
+ CHAPTER X
+ A Day's Adventure 72
+
+ CHAPTER XI
+ An Afternoon's Fun 82
+
+ CHAPTER XII
+ Reports 90
+
+ CHAPTER XIII
+ What Henning Remembered 96
+
+ CHAPTER XIV
+ Facing the Boys 104
+
+ CHAPTER XV
+ Suspicions 111
+
+ CHAPTER XVI
+ Roy Makes a Move 119
+
+ CHAPTER XVII
+ Garrett is Angry 129
+
+ CHAPTER XVIII
+ A Talk 135
+
+ CHAPTER XIX
+ The Unexpected 142
+
+ CHAPTER XX
+ The Fairest Lily 149
+
+ CHAPTER XXI
+ The Passing of Ethel 157
+
+ CHAPTER XXII
+ Roy and His Father 163
+
+ CHAPTER XXIII
+ The Great Blow 170
+
+ CHAPTER XXIV
+ The Fallen Tree 177
+
+ CHAPTER XXV
+ Surprises for Roy 185
+
+ CHAPTER XXVI
+ Stockley's Story 193
+
+ CHAPTER XXVII
+ Stockley's Story (_Continued_) 201
+
+ CHAPTER XXVIII
+ The Unraveled Tangle 206
+
+
+
+
+"AS GOLD IN THE FURNACE"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+ROY SURPRISES HIS FRIENDS
+
+
+"I tell you what it is, gentlemen, once for all. I can not go in for
+baseball next spring, nor even for the few games we have still to play
+this fall."
+
+Roy Henning was talking to a group of college boys of the upper classes
+in St. Cuthbert's yard. It was late September and still very warm. The
+little gathering of friends found the shade of a large elm tree in one
+corner of the yard very grateful. A hearty burst of laughter followed
+Roy's announcement. No one for an instant entertained the idea that
+Henning was in earnest and meant what he said. Was he not passionately
+fond of the game? Had he not, before vacation, been the very best
+player on the college diamond?
+
+"Oh! of course not! of course not!" exclaimed Jack Beecham, Roy's
+truest friend and constant companion. "Of course not! You're no good
+anyway! You couldn't be center-rush on the eleven if you tried! You
+don't know a thing about baseball either! Oh! no! And another team
+wouldn't do a thing to us if you left the pitcher's box! Oh! no, not
+at all!"
+
+"Look here, Jack," said Henning, "I'm in earnest. I am not going to
+engage in sports at all this year."
+
+"Not for the money, I know that. It has always cost you a good penny.
+But let me assure you, you dear old goose, that you can't come any
+sort of game like that on us--not on me, at least. Let me tell you,
+Roy boy, that you are most decidedly and most strictly in it, and in
+it every time."
+
+"Look here, Jack, will you listen to reason----" began Roy Henning.
+
+"With pleasure, when I find evidence that you are in possession of
+that valuable commodity."
+
+"But----" began Roy again.
+
+"That's all right, old fellow. We know your modesty, and all that. We're
+also under the impression that you have recently developed a remarkable
+penchant--that's the word, isn't it, boys--for practical jokes. But
+this time be so condescending as to remember that joke-day--April 1,
+you know--is a long way off. See?"
+
+"Yes, I see," replied Henning, "but you fellows will not, nor will you
+listen to reason. So it is useless for me to talk."
+
+"That's precisely what we wish to do," said Jack--laughing Jack
+Beecham--who struck an attitude and continued, "but you persist in
+talking anything but reason. What an incontestably preposterous thing
+for you to say that you are not going to play ball. Is a fish going to
+swim?"
+
+"Nonsense or not, boys, I have good reason for saying what I have
+said. It's a fact. I am not going to play."
+
+Roy Henning's clean-cut, handsome face was flushed at the moment with
+vexation. His eyes showed his annoyance, and his brows contracted in
+displeasure. It was vexatious enough for him to make--to be compelled
+to make--such an announcement to his friends, but his chagrin was
+rendered four-fold by having his companions receive his statement with
+incredulity. Not the least part of his annoyance came from the fact
+that his own particular friend should affect to believe that he was
+perpetrating a practical joke, especially as he was very much in
+earnest and the announcement had cost him much effort to make.
+
+When Roy Henning first came to St. Cuthbert's, he was a narrow-chested,
+weakly boy of very quiet manners and of a retiring disposition, as the
+readers of the chronicles of St. Cuthbert boys may remember.
+
+Month after month, however, saw him growing stronger and taller and
+more robust, until now, in his last year at college, he was one of the
+biggest boys in the yard, with the strength of a giant, and, as some
+who knew declared, the grip of a blacksmith. The opportunities of
+acquiring brawn and muscle he had not neglected, resulting in a
+proficiency in running, jumping, swimming, and boating, and in all the
+manly and invigorating exercises of school life.
+
+He was well aware how much the success of next summer's baseball
+season really depended on him. He knew, also, what the boys expected
+of him. They all regarded it as a foregone conclusion that he would
+again be the captain and the principal pitcher on next season's team.
+
+No one but himself knew what annoyance it had been to him to make the
+statement which his hearers had refused to accept otherwise than as
+the merest joking. Yet he intended to give up sports for this school
+year. Why? The reason for so doing, and all the consequences that such
+a course of action brought in its train, will constitute the following
+narrative.
+
+Roy's eyes, quick to sparkle in fun, quick to soften in sympathy, yet
+quicker to glitter with indignation at any exhibition of smallness or
+meanness, just now had a look in them other than was their wont. Their
+owner was annoyed because the boys standing around him seemed determined
+not to take him seriously, and this annoyance could be seen. For a
+moment he felt a strong throb of anger, such as quickens the pulse,
+and the hasty word was on the tip of his tongue, but he checked
+himself in time. Why should he not be believed when he had made a
+plain statement and had reiterated it? Yet there was a smile as of
+incredulity on nearly all the faces grouped around him.
+
+The truth of the matter was that Jack Beecham and his companions were
+hoping against hope. They clearly saw Henning's annoyance, and several
+of them had more than a suspicion that, after all, he meant exactly
+what he had said. Beecham's badinage was only a cover for his
+uneasiness.
+
+A silence fell on the group, during which, to their nimble imaginations,
+visions of future victories on the diamond grew dim, for every boy
+there had the most unlimited confidence in the proven prowess of
+Henning to lead them to victory.
+
+"But, Roy," said Tom Shealey, a short, thick-set, sturdy, whole-souled
+boy, who had a habit of calling a spade a spade: "Give us your reason.
+You are not sick?"
+
+"No, not sick, certainly," said Henning, smiling at such an idea.
+
+"What's your reason, then?--supposing you have a reason and are not
+joking."
+
+"I'm not joking, Tom," said Henning, "but I can not give you my
+reason."
+
+"Guess he has none," said Andrew Garrett, a youth who affected a blue
+sweater instead of a coat and vest and whose face was not a
+healthy-looking one. "Guess he has no reason. He's merely posing."
+
+The remark vexed Henning all the more that it came from his own cousin,
+to whom in a difficult situation he might have looked naturally for some
+form of support.
+
+"Stop that, Garrett," said Tom Shealey, hotly. "Do you wish to insult
+your own cousin? I'd rather believe him than you--there! If Roy says
+he has reasons for acting as he is doing and does not want to give
+them to us, I believe he has them anyway. I guess you don't know your
+own cousin as well as we do."
+
+"Well, why doesn't he give his reasons for not playing?" asked
+Garrett, sulkily.
+
+"Because," answered Henning, with no little natural dignity, "I do not
+feel at liberty to do so. If I did I would give them readily. Believe
+me, boys, it is not by my own choice that I resign my position on the
+baseball and football teams."
+
+"We believe you, Roy," said Shealey. "Although we regret your action,
+we believe you have good reasons; don't we, Beecham?"
+
+Jack Beecham nodded affirmatively. "Yes," he replied, after a moment's
+silence, "I joked at first only because I thought Roy was joking. Sorry
+he wasn't. Garrett, you had better believe what your cousin says. He is
+not accustomed to lie into or out of a thing."
+
+This remark was received by Garrett in silence. With a look unpleasant
+enough to be considered a leer on his face he walked away, but Shealey's
+innuendo, as we shall see later, had more significance for the one to
+whom it was directed than the rest of the group realized. Were it not on
+account of the relationship with Roy, the boys in general would have
+ignored Garrett. Winters and Hunter and Stapleton and Clavering were
+gone from St. Cuthbert's, having graduated the previous year. Henning
+and Ambrose Bracebridge, Rob Jones and Tom Shealey were taking their
+places, and among these Henning was most popular.
+
+In a few minutes Henning walked away, and his friends began freely to
+discuss his decision, vaguely guessing at the motive which prompted it,
+and entirely unsuccessful in arriving at any solution of the difficulty.
+
+"Of course," said Jack Beecham to Shealey, as they strolled about the
+yard somewhat disconsolately, "Henning must have some good reason for
+backing out, but I am more sorry than I can say that he has done so. I
+am afraid things are going to be mighty unpleasant for him in
+consequence."
+
+"I, too, am afraid they will be."
+
+"Well, I'm going to stick to him, come what may."
+
+"Same here," replied Shealey. "It won't be hard to do that, because he
+is the soul of honor and a royal good fellow. You might as soon expect
+anything wrong with him as--as to see----"
+
+"You at the head of your class in next examination," interrupted Jack.
+
+"Thanks! Or to see you heading the philosophers."
+
+"Thanks, too."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE MOTIVE
+
+
+Before proceeding to narrate the complications which beset Roy Henning's
+path during his last year at St. Cuthbert's, and the many curious
+cross-purposes of which he may be said to have been the victim, we shall
+endeavor to give some idea of the motive which actuated him in retiring
+from the arena of college sports.
+
+It must be remembered that Roy Henning, in the previous year, was a fast
+friend of Claude Winters, Hunter, Selby, Clavering, and Stapleton. The
+companionship of these boys had helped as much to form his character as
+had the careful work of the professors. Under his friends' influence he
+had gradually lost much of his bashfulness. By the time that Winters and
+his other friends had graduated, he could conduct himself with an amount
+of ease and composure. He no longer blushed and squirmed immoderately,
+like a small boy, when addressed by a stranger or by one in authority.
+He could now speak to a Father or even the President without wishing to
+fall through the floor. Roy was much improved, yet the influence which
+his companions of the previous year had exercised over him had taken a
+somewhat peculiar turn.
+
+As far as he knew, not one of his last year's friends, now graduated and
+gone, had any aspirations to study for the sacred ministry of the
+priesthood. Their joyous piety, nevertheless, and their cheerful
+goodness had been the means, entirely unknown to themselves, of making
+Henning entertain a profound veneration for the ecclesiastical state.
+
+From often contemplating how eminently suited, both in talents and in
+virtue, were many of his companions for this state, Roy had passed
+from admiring them to the thought of the feasibility of embracing that
+state himself. The more he thought of this, and the more frequently he
+examined himself, the more enamored of the lofty idea he became; so
+that at the expiration of the previous year's term he had fully made
+up his mind to enter the priesthood should he secure the sanction of
+his spiritual director.
+
+Before he left college for vacation he had a long interview with the
+white-haired, holy old chaplain, from which he received great
+encouragement, but was told to keep his intention a secret from all
+save his parents. He took the admonition literally and obeyed it
+exactly, so that he left St. Cuthbert's in the previous June without
+his most intimate acquaintances so much as dreaming that he
+entertained such exalted ambitions and aspirations to a dignity than
+which there is none greater on earth.
+
+It was not remarkable that his companions should never imagine such
+things of him. Was he not the recognized leader of all sports and
+games? Who had a merrier shout? No one's laugh rang more musically
+across the playground. How should boys--mere boys, after all--imagine
+that graver thoughts and sublimer ambitions were coexistent with merry
+pranks, resounding cheers, or harmless escapades. Well, boys, college
+boys even, are gifted with only a limited prescience, and none
+suspected the great plan of life which was now continually in Roy's
+mind.
+
+He did not broach the subject to his father until the vacation months
+were drawing to a close, and it was time to think about returning to
+St. Cuthbert's. The Hennings spent the summer months in the lake
+region. One beautiful calm, warm evening in August, Mr. Henning was
+sitting on the broad veranda of his cottage, watching in quiet content
+the silver pathway which the full moon made across the water, and
+marveling how the light made the sails of the yachts appear now black,
+now silver as the vessels tacked about. Roy, who for several days had
+been watching his opportunity to have a private talk with his father,
+saw that it had now come. He took a seat near his father.
+
+"Where are Mama and the children, Roy?"
+
+"They are down on the beach, Father, throwing sticks into the lake for
+Fido to swim after. The dog is almost crazy with the delight of the
+game."
+
+"Why are you not down there too? You seem to be moping lately, my boy.
+Is anything the matter? Are you quite well?"
+
+"Quite, thanks. I am not moping, but the fact is, Father, I have
+something I wish to talk to you about, and as the rest won't be back
+for some time, perhaps this is a good opportunity to tell you what I
+have to say."
+
+"Dear me! what a lot of mystery! Say on, son. I am all attention. Let
+me see: how old are you? Nineteen next month, eh? You'll be graduated
+next year at St. Cuthbert's, will you not?"
+
+"I hope so," replied the boy modestly.
+
+"That's right. Well, I suppose you want to talk about the choice of a
+profession. It is quite time you made a choice, you know."
+
+"That is precisely what I wish to speak about."
+
+"Ah! Well, go on. I am willing to listen to your ideas, reserving, of
+course, the right of veto, Is it to be the law, or medicine, or the
+army? Perhaps 'tis the navy? I have influence enough to get you into
+Annapolis, if you wish to follow the sea."
+
+"It is none of these you have mentioned, sir," said Roy, nervously,
+and the next moment he blurted out awkwardly, "I want to enter the
+priesthood!"
+
+"The priesthood!" said Henning senior, with an intonation that
+expressed various emotions. "H--um!" And he remained a long time
+silent.
+
+The light from the sitting-room fell on Mr. Henning's face. Roy watched
+the florid features of his father. His closely-cropped white hair and
+side-whiskers worn in the style once designated "mutton-chop," the
+short-trimmed mustache, and clean-shaven, well-rounded chin, all showed
+distinctly in the strong light of the reading lamp, which sent a flood
+of light out across the veranda. Roy thought that his father's face was
+unusually flushed. It appeared almost purple in the artificial light,
+and the son became anxious, momentarily fearing that the suddenly
+communicated intelligence might have caused a rush of blood to the head.
+The family physician not long before had told Mrs. Henning that her
+husband was quite liable to an attack of apoplexy.
+
+Roy could not guess what was passing within the mind of his father,
+who remained silent a long time. Nothing was heard except the nervous
+tapping of Mr. Henning's eyeglasses on the arm of the rocker.
+
+The boy knew that his father was irascible, and he was more or less
+prepared for a storm. He waited for what he thought several minutes--in
+reality less than forty seconds--for his father to speak. No sound was
+heard save the nervous tap-tap-tapping on the arm of the chair. Roy
+twirled his cap and shifted his weight from one foot to another.
+
+Then, as it often does, the unexpected occurred. Mr. Henning arose
+from his chair, and without noticing his son, or saying a word,
+retired into the house, leaving the surprised boy on the porch.
+
+The young man was perplexed at this turn of affairs. Had his father
+flatly refused he could have pleaded and coaxed. Had he stormed, the
+boy knew enough of his parent to be aware that the end he desired
+would most probably be attained--when the storm blew over.
+
+Roy left the porch in a dazed sort of way. He had never seen his
+father act so peculiarly. Wanting to be alone to think over the
+affair, he sauntered off to a secluded part of the large lawn.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"Hi, Roy, is that you? Where have you been? I have been searching for
+you everywhere. Put on your dancing pumps and come over to our villa. We
+are going to have a carpet dance. All the tables and chairs have been
+put out on the lawn, and we are going to have a jolly time. Come on."
+
+The speaker over the hedge was Andrew Garrett, Roy's cousin, whose
+father had rented the adjoining villa for the summer. Garrett was on
+the road, seated in a stylish dogcart. He held a pair of white ribbons
+over a mettlesome horse whose silverplated harness ornaments shone
+brightly in the moonlight.
+
+"You must make my excuses----" began Roy.
+
+"Eh! what? Oh! come! that won't do. My sisters have netted a lot of
+girls, many of whom are already there, and the cry is 'still they
+come.' We haven't enough partners for them. I am not slow at this kind
+of affair, but, you know, a fellow can't make himself ubiquitous. Run
+and put on your dancing-shoes, and if you spoil them in the dew
+coming home, I'll buy you another pair to-morrow."
+
+"The puppy!" thought Roy, and the ugly word was on the tip of his
+tongue, but he checked himself in time, and said:
+
+"I am sorry indeed to disappoint you, but I have more important things
+to think about to-night. I really can not come. You must make my
+excuse to auntie and your sisters."
+
+"Oh! hang it all, man; we haven't enough dancers!"
+
+"I am sorry, but to-night----"
+
+"Sorry!----" We regret to say that Garrett used an expression not at
+all becoming to the lips of a Catholic young man.
+
+"You won't come, then?"
+
+"I can not, to-night."
+
+"You won't, you mean!"
+
+"I did not say that."
+
+"But you mean it. Well, I can go up the road and get the Meloche boys,
+and the Poultneys, and others. Mark my words, Roy; I'll get even with
+you for this. You'll be sorry for it yet. It's a mean trick. Get up,
+Nance."
+
+And he gave the mare a vicious cut, which sent her rearing and racing
+up the dusty country road, giving the ill-tempered boy all he could do
+to prevent the spirited animal from running away with him.
+
+A week later, Roy Henning was surprised to learn that Andrew Garrett
+was to be a student at St. Cuthbert's the coming term. His first
+effort at "getting even" with his cousin was attempted as we have seen
+in the preceding chapter, when Henning made the unwelcome announcement
+of his retirement from college sports.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE CONDITIONS
+
+
+The following morning, Mr. Henning called Roy to him soon after
+breakfast. When the two had taken seats under a shady beech on the
+lawn, Roy saw that his father appeared moody, and as if suffering
+from a great disappointment.
+
+"What is this I hear about your refusing to go to your Aunt Garrett's
+last night?"
+
+"I did not refuse to go and see Aunt Helen, sir. Andrew wanted me to
+go and dance. I did not care to dance. Nor could I have gone and
+retained my self-respect."
+
+"Dear me! dear me! Are not your Aunt Helen's children and their
+friends good enough associates for you?"
+
+"Quite good enough. But, sir, you mistake my meaning. I had two
+reasons for refusing. I do not care for dancing, and do not care to be
+made a mere convenience of, nor do I wish to be patronized by my
+cousin Garrett. My other reason was that I was anxious and worried,
+having received no word from you since I told you of my earnest desire
+to study for the priesthood."
+
+"Ah! Yes, to be sure. You may think my abrupt leaving you last night
+was a strange proceeding. It was. I am sorry I vexed you. I want to be
+kind."
+
+"Thank you, Father; I am sure you do."
+
+Mr. Henning was not a demonstratively affectionate man, and it must be
+charged to heredity that his own child possessed decidedly similar
+characteristics, especially in all absence of demonstrativeness. Roy
+loved his father deeply, but no terms of endearment or outward show of
+affection, so far as the boy could remember, had ever passed between
+them. If Roy had only known he could have crept very close to his
+father's heart this morning. If Roy could have known just then, he
+would have seen his father's heart sore and sensitive, trying to
+discipline itself into renouncing its life-long ambition--that of his
+son's advancement. He had so earnestly wished the boy to adopt his own
+profession. Was he not already getting along in years? Would not a
+partner in his law practice become ere long an imperative necessity?
+
+He had too clear and too well-trained a mind not to see the futility
+of attempting to thwart the boy's inclinations. He was too sincere a
+Catholic of principle and too well instructed in the obligations of
+his faith to wish effectually to prevent or destroy a vocation, and
+yet--oh, it was hard! It was a sore trial to give up his dream of
+years!
+
+"Thank you, Father; I am sure you wish to be kind."
+
+Roy, seeing that his father had remained silent an unusually long
+time, repeated his remark. The elder man's lips twitched. The muscles
+of his cheeks moved with the strong emotions he was experiencing.
+
+"Oh, Roy, Roy! Think what it all means for me! My shattered hopes for
+you! I know that as a Catholic I dare not thwart you in following so
+high a vocation, nor would I have it on my conscience to do so. But
+all my shattered hopes of you! I have wealth and position, but they
+are not everything. I have looked forward to you as my prop and stay
+and my honor in my declining years. Must you--must you leave us? Are
+you sure of this call? Is it not a mere passing fancy, such as many
+good and pure boys have? Are you sure that your duty does not point to
+your family rather than to the seminary? Are you sure, my lad?"
+
+The old gentleman's words were almost passionate. Young Henning was
+unwontedly affected. He had never been placed in so peculiar a
+position. His father evidently regarded him now, spoke to him, even
+appealed to him, as to a man, with a man's responsibilities. For a
+moment he was thrilled with exquisite pleasure in being so treated,
+but he did not waver in his purpose. He knew that he would probably
+add to his father's regrets, yet he was conscious that he could not
+hold out the faintest hope that the parental wish, which appeared to
+run contrary to what he now conceived to be his plain duty, would be
+gratified.
+
+"My dear father," he said, "I am sorry to cause you pain, but I
+believe I have this vocation and I must, in conscience, follow it."
+
+There was a long pause.
+
+"Well--what must be, must be, I suppose, but, my child, have you well
+considered the step? Are you willing to live on a meager pittance, as
+most priests do? Are you willing to lead a life of penurious denial
+and of study? Can you face the ordeal of the confessional for hours at
+a time, listening to tales of misery, wretchedness, and degradation?
+Can you be strong with the strong, and not too strong with the weak?
+Can you bear all this? Are you sure of yourself?"
+
+Now Roy Henning, during the previous year at St. Cuthbert's had thought
+over the question of his vocation time and time again, examining
+himself rigorously as to his fitness, and, as far as his experience
+allowed, reviewing the life of the ordinary parish priest. He saw
+clearly that no one embraced the priestly life from a purely natural
+motive. Such as did, he argued, must become failures, and unfit for
+their state. He had, as every one who has a true vocation, a higher
+motive than a merely natural one. With him the supernatural was
+paramount, and in its light all prosaic, squalid, unheroic circumstances
+sank into insignificance. He, therefore, answered:
+
+"Yes, sir, I have thought it all over. I firmly believe I have a
+vocation, and after I graduate, I think it will be my duty to enter a
+seminary with a view to probing and testing it."
+
+"I will not thwart you, my boy; I dare not. But do you think yourself
+worthy of so high a calling?"
+
+"I do not, indeed, Father; but my confessor encourages me to go on."
+
+Mr. Henning sighed on discovering that the opinion of the boy's
+confessor was averse to his wishes--sighed as if giving up his last
+hope of being able to change his son's views. He then altered his
+manner suddenly, as if ashamed of having displayed emotion before any
+member of his family. He was again the sharp, shrewd man of affairs.
+
+"Very well, sir," he said, with a crispness in his voice which
+hitherto had been absent; "you take your degree the coming year. After
+that you have my permission to enter a seminary. I will be responsible
+for your expenses until your ordination. As you desire, however, to
+enter a hard and self-denying life I consider it my duty to test you
+myself to some extent during the coming school year."
+
+In the midst of the delight at his father's capitulation, Roy looked
+up in surprise. He wondered what was coming next.
+
+"You must apply yourself wholly and solely to your studies. I shall
+allow you only twenty-five dollars for your private expenses, and I
+desire and insist that for the last year of your college life you
+relinquish all sports of whatsoever kind."
+
+"Father!" cried the poor boy in dismay; and oh, the heart-sinking that
+was expressed in that one word!
+
+"I mean precisely what I say," persisted Mr. Henning, almost
+relentlessly; "a priest's life is one of constant self-sacrifice and
+denial. You can not begin to practise those virtues too soon."
+
+"But, Father, I am captain of the ball nine, and the football eleven,
+at college!" And there was a world of appeal in the boy's voice.
+
+"I am sorry, under the circumstances, to hear it. Abstinence from
+baseball and football and boating and all sorts of contests is the
+condition under which I sanction your plans, which, pardon me if I say
+it, I can not but consider chimerical. The test I have selected will
+prove how right or wrong I am in my opinion. You will take only enough
+exercise to keep a sound mind in a sound body."
+
+Whether Roy Henning's father was acting judiciously or otherwise, we
+will not undertake to say. We merely give the facts. Mr. Henning was
+desirous to see how his son would act under circumstances which he
+readily admitted would be particularly trying.
+
+It is probable that many boys will be inclined to think that Roy
+Henning was not in such a very sad plight after all, and perhaps would
+be willing to exchange places with him if their pocketbooks were
+exchanged too. It is true that many a boy goes to college with far
+less spending money than that which was to be Roy's share for his
+graduating year. It must be understood, in order to make Roy's
+position clear, that the boy was generous to a fault, and never having
+stinted his expenditures at college, or been stinted in the supply, he
+was looked to for pecuniary assistance by all sorts of college
+associations whose financial condition, as most collegians are aware,
+is perennially in a state of collapse. He was one of the most popular
+boys, because his purse was always open.
+
+His father had, indeed, arranged a severe test for him. He little
+realized what the trials of a rich boy's poverty were. Little did he
+imagine to what hours of guiltless ignominy he was unwittingly
+condemning his son. We must do the lawyer the justice to say that had
+he imagined but one-tenth of the trials which were to come upon his
+son by his restrictive action, he would have been the last man to have
+imposed the conditions.
+
+Roy Henning accepted them unreservedly, and the conversation at the
+beginning of the first chapter shows us how fully and completely he
+intended to obey his father's injunctions.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+ROY AND GARRETT
+
+
+Henning was not overwhelmingly delighted when he learned that Andrew
+Garrett was to accompany him to St. Cuthbert's. He knew his cousin's
+disposition fairly well and did not expect to derive much pleasure
+from his presence at college, although he was aware that the
+relationship would occasion more or less close intimacy.
+
+Never were two boys more dissimilar in character. Henning had been
+molded at St. Cuthbert's for five or six years. He had imbibed that
+spirit which is found among the students of every well-conducted
+Catholic college--that peculiar something which is so difficult to
+define, but which is so palpable in its effects, elevating and
+rendering the Catholic student the comparatively superior being he is.
+Those who have intelligently watched this college phenomenon admit
+that the tone, or spirit, or influence, or whatever it may be, is like
+nothing else on earth, so that if nothing else were accomplished, this
+result gives abundant reason for the existence of our Catholic
+colleges. If one were asked to define the exact process, to point out
+the various means employed, in transforming a crude youth into the
+manly, generous, self-possessed young man of high ideals and noble
+purpose, it would be found a most difficult thing to do.
+
+Roy Henning was a fair example of what Catholic training does for a
+well-disposed youth. He was not perfect, as we shall probably see
+later on in our story; yet he had qualities that endeared him to all
+who knew him. Hating any appearance of meanness, he was ever the
+champion of the weak or the oppressed, as many a boy who was not the
+"under-dog" found to his cost. His cheerful, manly piety made religion
+attractive. There was nothing squeamish or mawkish about him.
+Everybody who knew him would laugh at the idea that Henning and
+effeminacy had the remotest connection. If the truth were told of him
+at this time he was, owing to his splendid health and sound physique,
+verging on the opposite of effeminacy.
+
+Under the tutelage of such boys as Hunter, Claude Winters, Clavering,
+and others, he had developed into a really fine athlete. The "muscles
+of his brawny arms were" literally "strong as iron bands," and that
+one was certainly to be pitied who, if under Roy's displeasure, came
+in close contact with him.
+
+Andrew Garrett was his cousin's antithesis. He was about the same
+inches as Roy, who measured five feet ten inches in his stocking feet,
+but beyond this all resemblance ceased. Andrew was not an athlete. He
+was of spare build, but did not look healthy. His chest was narrow,
+his arms and legs spindling and flabby. He had no muscle, because he
+took little exercise, and was, consequently, frequently bilious, which
+often resulted in his saying or doing much meaner and pettier things
+than he intended. It would be difficult to find two more dissimilar
+characters than these two cousins.
+
+In justice to Andrew Garrett it must be stated that when he came with
+his cousin to St. Cuthbert's he had not the slightest knowledge of the
+conditions under which Roy was laboring. Owing to what he had previously
+known of the state of Roy's purse both at home and during vacation
+time, he had not the slightest suspicion that now his cousin's paternal
+allowance had been inconveniently curtailed. Whether he would have acted
+differently had he known all the circumstances is a matter of
+conjecture. Garrett was a factor in much of the annoyance Roy Henning
+suffered during the year.
+
+For several days after the arrival of Andrew Garrett, Mr. Shalford,
+the prefect, watched him closely. Being a cousin of Henning, the
+prefect thought it was natural that he would associate with the
+Henning-Bracebridge-Shealey-Beecham set, and be one of those to whom
+no particular attention need be given. He was not a little surprised
+to discover that these boys had very little to do with him. There was
+no overt act on their part by which Garrett could be said to have been
+snubbed or "dropped," but the prefect saw that there seemed to be a
+tacit understanding among these boys to let Garrett severely alone. No
+one had any particular liking for him, and it is quite probable that
+had he not been Henning's cousin, he would have experienced several
+times a very unpleasant quarter of an hour.
+
+Roy Henning was now one of the leaders among the forthcoming graduates.
+His influence was now as great as Hunter's or Winter's had been in the
+previous year, and his relationship with Garrett saved that boy much
+annoyance, which, by his want of tact and a lack of companionableness,
+he would have brought upon himself.
+
+"You do not seem to get along with the other boys, Garrett," said Mr.
+Shalford kindly, one day not long after the conversation recorded in
+our first chapter.
+
+"I guess I can manage without them," was the ungracious reply.
+
+"I don't think you can, my boy," said Mr. Shalford.
+
+"Well, I do. I think I can manage my own affairs."
+
+The prefect did not know whether this speech was intended as a rebuff
+to his advances, but he took a charitable view of it, and ascribed it
+to awkwardness, rather than to intentional boorishness. He said:
+
+"Let me tell you, Andrew, that you can do no such thing."
+
+"Yes, I can."
+
+"Look here, my young man. You are forgetting yourself. I do not know
+what sort of training you received at home, but while you are here,
+you must speak to your superiors with more respect. Prefects and
+professors and the other officers of the college are accustomed to be
+treated here with at least a certain amount of deference."
+
+The boy winced under the allusion to his home training. He prided
+himself upon being a gentleman, and, indeed, his home life was all
+that was delightful. As if he had read his thoughts, the prefect said:
+
+"Do you know the meaning of gentleman--a gentle man? It is not
+necessarily an inherited quality of birth. It is rather a question of
+manners, is it not?"
+
+Garrett hung his head. He knew that he had been rude and uncouth.
+
+"Forgive me, sir. I did not mean to be ungentlemanly. But I do not
+like these boys here. They don't seem to treat me squarely."
+
+"Why? What is wrong?" asked the prefect, now satisfied.
+
+"Oh! I don't exactly know. They all seem inclined to let me alone.
+Nobody seems to want to have anything to say to me."
+
+"Perhaps that statement is not altogether exact. Have you not annoyed
+or vexed several of them one way or another? Think now of what you may
+have done. If you want to get along with St. Cuthbert's boys, you will
+have to act honorably and above board in everything. Do not for a moment
+imagine that I am accusing you of anything underhand or mean. I am far
+from doing so. But boys are quick to discern character--frequently
+quicker than men. It is a species of intuition with them, and they
+are rarely deceived. You have been here a month. Do you know of any
+nicknames among the boys?"
+
+"Yes, sir; several of them. There is Shanks, and Owly, and Pinchey,
+or Pinchbeck, and a lot more of them."
+
+"Just so. Now, do you not see that each of these boys to whom a nickname
+sticks has just the characteristic or foible the name indicates?"
+
+"Yes, sir, that is true."
+
+"I am glad you recognize it. You have not as yet developed or shown
+any particular trait which would give the boys an opportunity of
+attaching any particular name to you. I should advise you to watch
+carefully, for, believe me, if they do give you a name, it will not be
+a pleasant one, and probably it will be one that will sting. At all
+events it will be one that will show to you your foibles pretty
+clearly. Watch yourself, therefore, and prevent it if you can."
+
+With this warning the prefect left the boy and went to ring the great
+bell as first warning for supper. Garrett remained in a "brown study"
+for some time. Had he taken the prefect's advice he might have saved
+himself many hours of subsequent regret and remorse.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+A PITCHING CAGE
+
+
+Jack Beecham and Tom Shealey were standing at a window in their
+classroom one dark afternoon in the late fall. They had their heads
+together, for both were reading from the same letter, which the former
+had just received. They were evidently much interested in its contents,
+for neither noticed the entrance of Rob Jones, nor were they conscious
+of his presence until he, boylike, gave them both simultaneously a thump
+on the back.
+
+"You must be mightily interested, you two, not to hear me come in,"
+said Jones.
+
+"We felt your presence, Rob, quick enough," said Beecham.
+
+"It was quite striking," added Shealey.
+
+"What's the news? It must be of tremendous importance to cause such
+absorption."
+
+"It is important," said Shealey. "Jack has just received a nice letter
+from those nice fellows of Blandyke College. They write
+elegantly--perfect gentlemen."
+
+"What have they to say?" inquired Jones.
+
+"It isn't a challenge for next spring, or anything of that sort," said
+Jack, "but a sort of recapitulation of this year's games we played
+together, and a chat over the prospects of next year. Listen to this:
+'We met with few defeats this summer, and I am instructed by the nine
+to say that if we were to be defeated--and we were once or twice, as
+you remember--we preferred to have been defeated by no one but the
+St. Cuthbert's team, not only because you, gentlemen, were considered
+worthy of our steel, but also because every player on your team was a
+gentleman whom it was a pleasure and an honor to meet.'"
+
+"Now isn't that nice!" exclaimed Beecham. "But let us see what more he
+has to say. They are capital fellows, these Blandykes," and Jack read
+on: "'We intend to meet you early next summer, if we can arrange some
+games with you. We have great pleasure in telling you that we intend
+to wipe out all defeats of this season. With this in view, we have,
+already, men daily in the pitching cage, and our captain intends to
+keep his men in training all the winter months.'"
+
+"They must feel pretty sure of victory to tell us all their plans,"
+remarked Beecham. "Pshaw! isn't it a pity that Henning has gone back
+on us! I wonder what we shall do without him!"
+
+"I don't know. I can't imagine," remarked Jones. "Whatever we do,
+we must not be behind the Blandykes. We, too, must get a cage and
+practice pitching and catching. We can't afford to dim the glory of
+last summer's record. You remember we won two out of the three games
+we played with the Blandykes. Next spring we must capture the three."
+
+"But we have no cage, and they are expensive things," observed
+Beecham.
+
+"Pass round the hat," remarked Shealey promptly; "of course Roy will
+help us as usual. He is always generous with his money; just the
+fellow who deserves to have plenty of it."
+
+"Yes, that's true," said Jones, "and I suppose his cousin, young
+Garrett, has plenty of cash to spare too, but I doubt whether he will
+be as generous as Roy has always been. Thanksgiving day will be here
+in ten days, and we ought to have the pitching cage ready when the
+football season closes."
+
+"What will Mr. Shalford say about it?" asked Beecham.
+
+"Oh! he will leave it all to us, that's sure; but we may expect his
+one proviso which he is very strong on, and that is, as you know, that
+we do not go into debt."
+
+"Very good," said Jack. "Then we had better begin at once. Here comes
+Garrett. I'll try him first."
+
+Beecham explained the project to Garrett, and then asked him whether
+he would help them out. His first words rang with a false note.
+
+"Has my cousin given anything?" he asked.
+
+"Not yet. We have not seen him yet. You are the first that has been
+asked."
+
+"Very well. Put me down for five dollars."
+
+"Thanks; much obliged," said Beecham, without a particle of
+enthusiasm.
+
+Strange to say, young Garrett did not feel satisfied. He had at once
+conceived this an opportunity to make himself popular by a liberal
+donation. The gift, for a college student, was liberal enough; but
+there was something in the merely civil "Thanks," from Beecham, which
+told him he had not succeeded, at this time, in his purpose. He
+thought he detected in the tone a covert sneer. But of this he was not
+sure. He made another mistake.
+
+"Let me know," he said, "what my cousin subscribes, and if he gives
+more than I have given, I will increase mine."
+
+A second civil--but colder--"Thanks," greeted this speech, and Garrett
+walked away in no very pleasant frame of mind. "Why is Roy so popular
+and I a nonentity?" he asked himself, but it was to be a long time
+before he would learn the answer to his own question.
+
+Beecham and Shealey started at once on a subscription tour. They
+caught Henning in the study-hall.
+
+"Hello, Roy! We have come to bleed you, old man. We are going to put
+up a pitcher's cage in one end of the long playroom for winter
+practice. How much shall we put you down for?"
+
+Roy Henning blushed slightly and a look resembling pain came over his
+face. His father's test was beginning to operate. Roy, owing to his
+restricted capital, had made a resolution to spend only two dollars
+and a half each month. He made a rapid calculation of the present
+month's necessary boyish expenses, and he knew that he would have very
+little to offer them. Before he could speak, however, Beecham
+remarked:
+
+"Say, Roy boy, we know you won't play next spring; but we want you to
+be treasurer and secretary of the club."
+
+"Yes, you are the man for the job," said Shealey, "none better. Won't
+you take it? You can do ten times more with the boys than either Jack
+or myself."
+
+"I don't know----" hesitated Henning, for several reasons.
+
+"Oh, yes, you do, Roy," urged Jack. "You are a capital beggar, you
+know, and with your own big donation at the head of the list you will
+be irresistible."
+
+"Call him a good solicitor," laughed Shealey, "it's more euphonious."
+
+"I think I can act as treasurer and secretary for you, if the boys are
+willing. It is the least I can do if I don't play."
+
+"Of course it is. Thanks. That's good of you," said Beecham, and
+Shealey nodded approvingly.
+
+"Now, Roy, how much shall I put you down for before I hand over to you
+the subscription list? Twenty is too much, I suppose," said Shealey.
+
+Roy looked out of the window in a perplexed sort of way. He had always
+been a liberal contributor. What would his friends think of him now?
+The paternal test was certainly a hard one in more ways than one.
+
+"I am afraid I shall disappoint you," he said.
+
+"In what?" asked Beecham. "In book-agent assurance? Never fear. I am
+willing to certify that beneath all your laughing good humor, you are
+possessed of an unlimited amount of--of--well--to put it without
+circumlocution--an unlimited amount of cheek. No one can withstand
+your winning smile and drawing manner. But what is your own gift? Let
+us head the list with that. I must tell you that your cousin Garrett
+has promised to equal your subscription, so make it large, if you
+please. He has already given----"
+
+"How much?" asked Henning uneasily.
+
+"Five dollars."
+
+"Oh!" said Henning, with something very like a sob in his throat.
+
+"Better make it twenty-five, Roy; you can spare it, and it's practically
+giving an extra twenty which comes out of the pocket of that beg--Oh! I
+beg your pardon. I am constantly forgetting that he is your cousin. I
+wish he wasn't."
+
+Beecham spoke the last sentence in blunt, boyish fashion. Roy understood
+him, but just now he was not inclined either to defend his cousin, or
+discuss his friend's desires.
+
+"I am afraid I shall disappoint you this time, boys," said Roy.
+
+"You never have yet," remarked Shealey.
+
+"But I shall this time, I am sure."
+
+"Well, let's see the amount of the disappointment," said Beecham
+laughingly.
+
+Jack Beecham, of late, could not, as he himself expressed it, "make out"
+his friend Roy. Several times since the beginning of September he had
+surprises from Henning. He was beginning to regard him as an uncertain
+or even an unknown quantity. Was his friend becoming miserly? This idea
+made Jack Beecham laugh. Roy misanthropical! The clever, bright, jolly
+Roy doing aught but loving all mankind was absurd to think of, but
+yet--There certainly had come over his bright, genial friend a change
+which was puzzling. What could----
+
+But his thoughts, as he stood expectantly, with his pencil and
+notebook in hand, were interrupted by what Roy said next:
+
+"You may put me down for two dollars and fifty cents." Shealey only
+partly suppressed a giggle, supposing that Roy, as usual, was hoaxing.
+Roy saw the laugh and was deeply hurt.
+
+"Phew!" began Jack Beecham, and he was about to make a very
+straightforward remark when he caught a side view of poor Roy's face,
+which was suffused with the blushes of mortification. There was a look
+of positive pain there.
+
+Good, sensible Jack at once saw there was something wrong somewhere.
+Hastily changing his pencil from right-hand to left, he took Roy's
+hand and pressed it warmly, sympathetically. The action told more than
+words could do. Beecham gave a quick glance toward the door for
+Shealey, which that individual understood and immediately departed.
+
+When they were alone Jack said:
+
+"You are in trouble, Roy. Is there--is there any financial difficulty
+at home?"
+
+"None whatever, Jack; but I can't explain."
+
+There was another silent pressure of the hand.
+
+"Nor will I ask you to do so. But there is something wrong somewhere.
+Oh, Roy! If I could do--if I could share--look here, Roy," he at last
+blurted out, boy-fashion, "look here. I intend to give twenty
+dollars--let me put ten of it under your name--do let me."
+
+"No, no, Jack," said Roy, after a few moments of silence which his
+emotion compelled him to observe; "no, you must not do that. I can't
+explain, but come what may I want you not to misunderstand me.
+Whatever you may hear or see I want you not to lose faith in me," and
+Roy Henning held out his hands to his friend, while there was a
+hungry, eagerly hungry, look in his eyes.
+
+There was, of course, no absolute reason why Roy Henning could not
+have given his entire confidence to his friend. His father had made no
+such restriction in the test he had imposed. It was Roy's own peculiar
+temperament which prevented him from confiding in any one; in
+consequence his trials were in reality much more severe than even his
+father could have foreseen.
+
+"Have faith in you! Believe in you! Well, I should guess. I don't
+understand it all--your refusing to play, and this--this small
+donation, and everything; but, believe in you! Roy, I would as soon
+cease to believe in myself."
+
+Roy's eyes were hot, and his lips were dry.
+
+"Thanks, old man. I knew you would. I can't explain--yet. But as long
+as you have confidence in me I'll go through it all right. God bless
+you, Jack."
+
+Young Beecham was more mystified than ever at this exhibition of
+emotion, but he felt at the moment something like the knight of old
+who sought quarrels to vindicate the fair name of the lady of his
+heart. To make the simile more in accordance with our own more prosaic
+times, Jack Beecham became Henning's champion, and went around for
+several days with a metaphorical chip on his shoulder, daring any one
+to come and knock it off. Of course, the chip represented Roy
+Henning's actions and intentions.
+
+After this interview, Roy looked a long time out of the study-hall
+window.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+ADVICE
+
+
+Whether Roy Henning's small donation to the boys' collection for the
+purchase of the pitching cage for the winter practice was the cause,
+or whether there was some other occult reason, the subscriptions came
+in very slowly. Many boys, seeing that Roy, usually the largest
+contributor to all such schemes, had given so small an amount,
+measured their own donations by his. The project, consequently,
+dragged along very slowly. The treasurer-secretary more than once
+called those interested together, and proposed that they should give
+up the plan.
+
+To this neither Shealey, nor Beecham, nor Bracebridge would listen.
+They were boys who, having once taken a project in hand, were
+determined to carry it through to success. Bracebridge encouraged
+Henning to continue his work of soliciting, but the latter found that
+he was working against some impalpable obstacle to success, the nature
+of which he could not divine.
+
+The boys were as free and as genial with him as ever. Every one
+appeared to like him as usual, yet withal there was an intangible
+something in the atmosphere, as it were, which appeared to militate
+against his success. Roy often tried to discover the cause. Was this
+silent but unmistakable change toward him, which had lately come over
+most of the boys, of his own causing? After much introspection he
+could discover no reason for blaming himself.
+
+His retirement from the field of college sports had been more than a
+nine-days' wonder. All his friends, not understanding or guessing his
+motive, expostulated with him, and time and again urged him to
+reconsider his decision. He had remained firm.
+
+His more immediate friends had long ago ceased to make the matter a
+subject of conversation in his presence, giving him credit for acting
+from right intentions, although what these were, now near Christmas,
+was as much a mystery to them as they were on the September day on
+which he had announced his withdrawal.
+
+Others were not so considerate. With a savagery often found among
+thoughtless but not necessarily ill-intentioned boys, they frequently
+discussed his "going back on his team," as they expressed it, in Roy's
+presence, with an almost brutal unreserve.
+
+"If I could play ball as you do, Henning," said a coarse-grained youth
+named Stockley, one day, "I would call myself a dog in the manger."
+
+"And why, please?" asked Henning, who was by this time getting used to
+such talk from those whose opinion he did not value.
+
+"The old reason. A bird that can sing and won't sing, ought to be made
+to sing. The honor of the college is at stake."
+
+"Your motto has no application in this case," replied Henning. "If I
+do any injustice to any one by not playing ball, then I ought to be
+the bird who should be made to sing. But I think you will have some
+difficulty in proving that I am acting against justice. As to the
+honor of the college being at stake, in that you know as well as I do,
+if you have any sense at all, that you are talking sheer nonsense."
+
+"I don't know whether I am," sneered Stockley. "I am not the only one
+who thinks there is a nigger in the woodpile in this affair. Your
+cousin was saying only this morning that he could tell the boys
+something why you will not play ball that would make things mighty
+ugly for you."
+
+"Now look here, Stockley," said Henning warmly, "you go and mind your
+own business and leave me and Garrett alone or--or it will be
+decidedly unpleasant for you."
+
+Stockley, coarse as he was, was observant. He saw Henning's fist close
+tightly, and he observed the muscles of his arm swell up for a minute.
+He discreetly moved some paces away.
+
+"When I want your advice upon my conduct," continued Henning, "I will
+ask it. Till then, mind your own affairs, and keep your tongue from
+wagging too freely about mine."
+
+The young fellow walked away, muttering some unintelligible words
+between his teeth. Roy saw no more of him for several days.
+
+Henning entered the Philosophy classroom with a flushed face and an
+unpleasant frown.
+
+"What's up, Roy?" asked Ambrose Bracebridge, seeing that his friend
+had been suffering some annoyance.
+
+"Nothing, Brosie; only I have had to talk pretty freely to one fellow
+who attempted the mentor business over me."
+
+"Nothing serious, I hope?"
+
+"Oh, no. I merely told him to mind his own business; that's all."
+
+"Do you care to walk?" asked Bracebridge, who saw Henning was very
+much annoyed.
+
+"Yes, come along," replied Henning.
+
+They walked some time in the face of a cutting wind, such as brings
+tears to the eyes. While facing it conversation was impossible.
+Presently they came to the base of a wooded hill which afforded them
+some shelter. Here they could talk at ease.
+
+"How much money have you collected, Roy, for the cage?" asked Ambrose
+as soon as both had finished rubbing their chilled cheeks to bring
+back the circulation.
+
+"I have collected sixty-four dollars in cash, but about eighty-seven
+has been subscribed. Why do you ask?"
+
+"Please do not think me impertinently curious if I ask you where you
+keep it."
+
+"Certainly not. It is in the drawer of the table in the dressing-room
+of the gymnasium. That room just off the playroom. You know, Ambrose,
+that is the place of meeting of all committees of the various college
+associations. It's safe there; don't you think so?"
+
+"Yes--perhaps," answered Bracebridge, with evident hesitation. "I
+would rather you keep it there than in your desk, or in your trunk."
+
+"Why? You appear uneasy. What's the matter?"
+
+"It may be foolish of me, but, Roy, I can not help thinking there is
+some ugly work being concocted. No doubt you think I am fanciful, but
+I have accidentally overheard here a word and there a word which I do
+not like."
+
+"From whom?"
+
+"I can not tell you from whom, because it is all too vague, and if I
+mentioned any name I may be doing an innocent boy a grave injustice.
+There is a good deal of talk against you. Many silly fellows have
+taken it as a personal affront that you refuse to play ball."
+
+"Pshaw! I----"
+
+"Wait, old fellow: of course that is all nonsense. It is no one's
+business except your own, and their talking is not worth your
+consideration. Nevertheless there are a few restless spirits here this
+year, and it is my opinion they are only waiting their chance to make
+trouble for you."
+
+"What would you advise me to do, Brosie?"
+
+"Why not put all the money you have collected into the hands of the
+college treasurer? He will take care of it for you. It will be safer
+in the office vault than in the committee-room."
+
+"I think it would be the better plan, but really I do not think there
+is any necessity for it. There is no one here who would attempt a
+robbery."
+
+"Maybe there is not; but as I said, it is better to be on the safe
+side."
+
+"All right. Much obliged. I guess I'll take your advice. Jack Beecham,
+only yesterday, hinted something similar to what you have just said
+about the ugly spirit against me. I wonder why it should have arisen,
+Ambrose, if it really does exist outside of your imagination. I have
+done nothing small or mean to any one. The head and front of my
+offending seems to be that I have withdrawn from next year's ball
+team. I happen to be a good player. Personally I regret having to take
+the course, but circumstances have occurred, which, in a way, compel
+this action. I can not divulge my reasons for so doing, even to my
+nearest friends--not even to Jack or you, Ambrose."
+
+"Nor do we wish to know them," replied Ambrose, "it is quite
+sufficient for us to know that you do not wish to give them. Both
+Beecham and Shealey, and of course, myself, have every confidence in
+you, and you may rely on our staunch support in anything that may
+happen. By the way, how does the prefect, Mr. Shalford, regard you?"
+
+"I do not know exactly," said Henning, cautiously. "You see, he is a
+great enthusiast for sport and games among us boys. I know I have
+vexed him by my decision. More than once he asked me to retract it.
+When I refused to do so, and told him I could give him no reason, he
+seemed, or at least I fancied he seemed, to be cool toward me."
+
+"Don't misjudge him, Roy," said the other, warmly. "It was only
+yesterday that he advocated your cause to half a dozen pessimistic
+baseball malcontents. He's all right. Before he had done with these
+fellows, they held very different views concerning you. Still, he has
+not influenced all in your favor, for, as you know, not all will take
+a common-sense view of things, nor listen to reason."
+
+Henning nodded assent.
+
+"The fact is," Ambrose continued, "the yard seems to be dividing or
+divided into two camps. One is pro-Henning, the other contra.
+Therefore, and I know you will take what I say in the right spirit, I
+want you to watch yourself and be quite careful in what you say and
+do."
+
+"Do you think I shall be attacked?"
+
+Ambrose glanced over the big form of his friend, and laughed loudly.
+
+"Not much. There is no one such a fool as to invite corporal punishment.
+But there are a dozen means of annoying and vexing without resorting to
+the lowest means--physical force."
+
+"I am really very grateful, Ambrose, for the interest you take in me.
+Be sure that, come what may, you shall never be ashamed of having done
+so. It seems to me that, without the slightest fault of my own, I am
+placed in a most awkward position. Come what may, I'll try to do
+nothing I should afterward regret."
+
+"That's right. I know you will be careful."
+
+The two shook hands with the warmth of confident friendship, as they
+began to retrace their way to the college.
+
+On their way home they were joined by Garrett, who still affected
+the sky-blue sweater, although he now wore it under his coat. In
+the presence of Garrett the two friends dropped the subject of
+their confidences, and the conversation became general.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+THE LITTLE SISTERS
+
+
+Time crept slowly, as it is apt to do with boys at school. To the St.
+Cuthbert boys it seemed as if the year had leaden wings, but at length
+the week before Christmas arrived. All were now in expectation of
+coming events. If anticipation is half the joy, then most of the boys
+were taking their Christmas pleasures in advance.
+
+Already the Christmas feeling was in the atmosphere. In various
+out-of-the-way places were stored bunches of holly and cedar and
+laurel. At all times of the day when boys where free from lessons,
+some one or other would be carrying strange wooden devices from place
+to place. Now one would be seen carrying to some out-of-the-way shed
+or unused classroom, wooden stars or double triangles. Another would
+partially and often unsuccessfully secrete a knot of clothesline.
+There never was such a demand for fine wire or binding twine.
+
+All of which meant the mediate preparation for decorating the chapel,
+study-hall, refectory, and even to some extent, the gymnasium. It was
+a pretty fiction among the boys that all the preparations had to be
+done in secret. It was fiction only, for the real fact was that, in
+both divisions, everybody was interested and everybody knew exactly
+what everybody else was doing.
+
+None entered into the work of remotely preparing for Christmas more
+heartily than Roy Henning and his friends, Bracebridge, Shealey, and
+Beecham. There is a certain skill required in decorating. To some this
+proficiency never comes. It is perhaps an innate quality. It had never
+come to Roy Henning: He was no decorator. He could neither make a wreath
+of evergreens, nor cover a device with green stuff creditably.
+
+Owing to this defect of at least a certain kind of artistic temperament,
+Henning was the subject of a good amount of banter from his friends. He
+took all their teasing good-naturedly, and admitted his utter inability
+to make or cover designs.
+
+"I have been thinking--ouch!" said Henning. The last word was
+spontaneous. It came from sudden pain, caused by the sharp point
+of a holly leaf penetrating his finger, which member he immediately
+applied to his mouth.
+
+"By my halidom," remarked Shealey, "'tis strange!"
+
+"Don't do it again," laughed Bracebridge, "but learn from experience
+what an awful and immediate retribution follows upon such a crime.
+Hast lost much blood in this encounter?"
+
+"I think each of you fellows has a screw loose," retorted Roy, still
+sucking his wounded finger. "I am sure Shealey is _non compos
+mentis_."
+
+"Sane enough to keep holly thorns out of our fingers," retorted
+Shealey.
+
+"But, fellows, I really have an idea," said Henning.
+
+"Halt! Attention! Stand at ease! Dismiss company!" shouted Beecham
+with mock gravity, and then with a military salute, he said:
+
+"Now, colonel, I am all attention. What is it?"
+
+"It's this, boys. It wants but five days to Christmas. Between now and
+the great day all our Christmas boxes will have arrived."
+
+"There's nothing very new in that idea," answered Jack Beecham.
+"History, just at this time of the year, has the pleasantest way in
+the world of repeating itself."
+
+"You'll be accused of having brains, Jack," said Henning, "if you keep
+on that way. If it is not too great a waste of gray matter, or too
+violent a cerebration for you, just try to listen to me for a moment."
+
+Jack Beecham fell against the wall, and fanned himself with his
+handkerchief.
+
+"Poor fellow! Isn't it too bad! and so near the holidays, too," he
+said. "Does any one know when the first symptoms appeared?" Jack
+turned to Shealey and Bracebridge. "Hadn't we better call an ambulance
+at once?"
+
+"You'll need one if you don't stop your nonsense and listen to me,"
+said Roy, and he doubled up his great fist. His friends knew Roy's
+blows, although given only in jest, and having no desire for sore
+bones for Christmas, they were immediately all attention. Henning
+laughingly relaxed his muscles and allowed his hands to fall to his
+sides.
+
+"I thought I could bring you fellows to reason," he remarked.
+
+"We are all attention. Say on, say on," they shouted.
+
+"My idea is this, then. When we get our Christmas boxes, we shall each
+have much more than we need. Now you know the Little Sisters of the
+Poor maintain a large number of men and women in their institution.
+Without any settled income, don't you think it must often be a
+difficult matter for them to secure enough for the old people to eat
+and drink?"
+
+"Never thought anything about it. Guess it's true, though; but how
+does that affect us?"
+
+"Just this way," said Roy. "Let us ask every boy to give something out
+of his abundance to provide a feast for the old people."
+
+"Capital idea!" shouted Bracebridge. "I do not believe there is a boy
+who would refuse."
+
+"I agree with you," said Jack.
+
+"But the difficulty is," remarked Ambrose, "that we can not feast old
+folk on cake and nuts and candy. I suppose this is about all that
+comes in those boxes."
+
+"You mistake," remarked Roy. "I am sure you will find all sorts of
+cooked meats--turkeys, chickens, geese, and an unlimited supply of
+canned meats and delicacies."
+
+Bracebridge was surprised, but then he had not much experience in
+college Christmas boxes. He was inclined to be slightly incredulous.
+This was Ambrose's second year at St. Cuthbert's. As he had spent the
+previous Christmas at home, owing to the fact that he lived but a few
+miles from the college, he had not yet seen the college sights of
+Christmas time.
+
+Had he seen the hundreds of Christmas boxes arrive a few days before the
+great feast; had he learned that one of the smaller study-halls had to
+be converted into a temporary boxroom for the holidays; had he seen the
+contents of an average Christmas box from home, he would have been
+possessed by no doubt as to the possibility of the boys, presuming they
+were willing, to supply the inmates of the home for the aged poor with
+as bounteous a dinner as heart could desire.
+
+The proposal appealed to the fancy of our friends. They went at once
+to the President to obtain the necessary permission.
+
+"I give you leave willingly," said the head of the college, "and
+I am pleased to see my boys cultivating a spirit of charity and
+considerateness for others. It will bring down God's blessing
+on you all."
+
+"Father, it wasn't our idea at all," said Jack. "It originated
+with----"
+
+"We have another permission to ask, Father," interrupted Roy Henning.
+
+"What next?" said the President, smiling.
+
+"We would like to be allowed to go and serve the dinner to the old
+people some day during the Christmas week."
+
+"Dear me! What would three hundred and fifty boys do there?"
+
+"I don't mean everybody, Father."
+
+"Whom, then?"
+
+"Just enough to serve all their tables."
+
+"How many inmates are there in the Home?" asked the Father.
+
+"About two hundred, I believe," replied Beecham.
+
+"Very well, Henning; you may select two dozen boys to go with you."
+
+"Thank you, Father. When may the feast take place?"
+
+"Christmas day falls on Monday this year. Suppose you arrange matters
+for Wednesday. But Wednesday night there is to be the Seniors' play,
+isn't there?"
+
+"Yes, Father," said Bracebridge, "but I do not think that will
+interfere. We can have the last rehearsal in the morning, if
+necessary, or we can be back by three o'clock in the afternoon."
+
+"Very good," said the genial President; "arrange everything with your
+prefect; but remember the matter drops unless the response is generous
+among the students. It would not do to send half a feast."
+
+"There won't be any danger of that, Father," said Jack Beecham
+confidently.
+
+"Very well. God bless you for your charitable intentions," and they
+were dismissed.
+
+Beecham was correct. The students, almost to a man, became enthusiastic
+over the proposed feast. Abundance of provisions from the boys' boxes
+was donated. Every boy, instinct with the spirit of the season, gave
+something and gave it willingly. Some were offended because they were
+not allowed to give as much as their generosity prompted. One or two who
+were inadvertently neglected were very much vexed over not being asked
+to give their share. Many wondered why the beautiful idea had not
+occurred to them before. Others were so certain in advance of the
+success of the banquet that they then and there proposed to make it an
+annual occurrence.
+
+The little black wagon of the Sisters--and who does not know those
+wagons! a familiar sight in nearly every city in the Union--made
+several trips to the college on the Wednesday of Christmas week.
+Hitherto the boys had paid little attention to this vehicle as it
+daily drove modestly to the door of the kitchen. On this day it came
+triumphantly into the boys' yard, amid the lusty cheers of the
+generous-hearted lads. Even old "Mike," the driver, noted everywhere
+in town for his delicious brogue, was an object of special interest.
+
+Owing to the excitement of the occasion--the boys afterward declared
+this most solemnly--the driver performed the remarkable feat of making
+the old gray mare, which had seen almost as many years as her driver,
+canter, actually, positively _canter_, up to the classroom door where
+the provisions were stored. In the after-discussion of this startling
+event authentic documents were called for, and as they were not
+forthcoming the cantering incident remains an historic doubt until
+this day. This old gray mare was known----
+
+The boys would not let the two nuns load the wagon. There were too
+many strong arms and willing hands for that. At last all the boxes
+were on the wagon, and old "Mike" mounted his chariot once more. This
+was a slow operation, for the old man's joints were stiff and he was
+no longer active. When one of the boys put the lines into his knotted
+rheumatic fingers, he broke through his usual taciturnity and said:
+
+"You are good boys: good boys. God bless yees all."
+
+"Three cheers for Mike!" shouted a lively youngster in the crowd. The
+signal was taken up, and it is safe to say that the old man never
+received such an ovation before in all his life.
+
+As the leather curtain fell the cheering boys caught a last glimpse of
+the faces of two smiling Sisters, jubilant over the fact that they
+were carrying home an unwonted treasure for their old people. When the
+wagon had driven clear of the mob of good-natured boys, Jack Beecham
+ran alongside, and lifting the flap said to the Sisters:
+
+"Twenty of us are coming by eleven o'clock to-morrow. So you are to do
+no work. We are going to set the tables and serve the old people.
+Please tell the Mother-Superior that she and the Sisters are to stand
+by and give the orders, and we will do the rest."
+
+And the feast itself! What a revelation the inside of the convent was
+to these gay, careless, happy boys. The sight of so much pain and
+suffering and dependence and resignation was to them a revelation
+indeed.
+
+To Ambrose Bracebridge, who eagerly accepted the invitation to don an
+apron and turn waiter for the occasion, the scene was one of absorbing
+interest. It will be remembered by those who have read the second book
+of the series of three which deal with the fortunes of the St.
+Cuthbert's students, that at this time Ambrose was a convert to
+Catholicism of about six months' standing, and consequently had seen
+little or nothing of the workings of the vast fields of practical
+charity within the Catholic Church. The immense Catholic charities of
+almost every imaginable kind which dot the land are so familiar to
+ordinary Catholics that they scarcely cause comment or notice. To
+Ambrose Bracebridge all was new and wonderful. As a waiter on the old
+people he did not prove a success. He did not do much serving, but spent
+most of his time watching the old people feasting, and the good Sisters
+looking after their comfort.
+
+"A penny for your thoughts," said the chaplain of the institution as
+he came up to Ambrose.
+
+"I was thinking, Father," said Ambrose, amid the rattle of knives and
+forks, "what a wonderful charity this is."
+
+"Yes? What impresses you most deeply?"
+
+"The retiring modesty of the Sisters, I think, and the wonderful way
+they have of managing these old people."
+
+"Anything else?"
+
+"Yes, I am impressed with the docility and evident gratitude these old
+people show toward the Sisters. How is the institution supported,
+Father?"
+
+"By the charity of all classes. Have you not often seen the Sisters'
+modest wagon on the streets? It seems to me that this one charity has
+touched the tender spot in the heart of the American people. Did you
+ever know a merchant, or a hotel manager, Catholic or non-Catholic, to
+refuse the Sisters?"
+
+"Never," replied the boy.
+
+"Yet, after all, this is Catholic charity working in only one
+direction. Did you ever realize what the Catholic Church is doing for
+the State in this country? It seems to me that the State would be
+simply overwhelmed if all the Catholic orphanages, asylums, hospitals,
+academies, protectories, deaf-mute institutes, and, above all, the
+vast system of parochial schools, which make, literally, a network of
+Catholic charity over the land--if, I say, all these were closed and
+the State had to do the work."
+
+"Some, of pessimistic view," continued the chaplain, who was evidently
+quite optimistic in his own views, "are always grumbling over the fact
+that many non-Catholic institutions of learning are so richly endowed,
+and that Catholics of the country are doing nothing for education. I
+believe there never was a greater mistake. It is true that, as yet,
+there are few large Catholic endowments. They will come in time. The
+money paid by Catholics in the interest of Catholic education--and,
+mind you, at the same time they are paying their pro rata share of
+taxes for the support of all secular institutions, including the
+public schools--the money paid by Catholics, I say, throughout the
+country, makes a magnificent showing when compared to the few highly
+endowed secular universities."
+
+"Is not this a rather optimistic view, Father?" asked Bracebridge.
+
+"I do not think so," was the reply. "Ponder over it, and you will see
+that what I say is correct."
+
+"Here, you lazy rascal--oh! excuse me, Father--here, Ambrose, you lazy
+rascal, get some of that cranberry sauce from that table. You would
+not earn your salt as a waiter, Brosie," and Roy Henning, red-faced
+and excitedly busy, laughingly pushed Ambrose in the direction of the
+sideboard.
+
+Thus the talk with the chaplain was abruptly broken off. Nevertheless,
+Bracebridge had received much food for thought for future days. He
+pondered to good effect, and the result was that his graduation speech
+at the end of that year was on "Catholicity, a State Aid," which was
+subsequently the cause of much comment.
+
+One event occurred during the old folks' dinner which was of great
+interest to some of our friends. Roy Henning, during the latter part
+of the feast, when the demand for the services of the voluntary
+waiters was not so urgent, frequently passed a few words with the
+chaplain who had acted as a sort of honorary general superintendent of
+the banquet.
+
+On one of these occasions Jack Beecham happened to be passing with a
+plate of fruit for the table in one direction, and Bracebridge was
+carrying something in the opposite. Both were near enough to
+inadvertently hear portions of what appeared to the priest to be a
+very interesting revelation. Both boys heard the end of a sentence:
+
+"Seminary! You?"
+
+"Yes, Father, please God."
+
+"When?"
+
+"Next year."
+
+"For this diocese?"
+
+"No, my own."
+
+"Ah! I am sorry."
+
+Bracebridge and Beecham exchanged glances as they passed each other.
+What a revelation was here for both in regard to Henning's conduct.
+Did not this explain a thousand things?
+
+As soon as the services of the two amateur waiters could be dispensed
+with, they came together in one corner of the room, and while wiping
+their fingers on the aprons the thoughtful Sisters had provided for
+them, they eagerly discussed their accidental discovery, but in a
+rather curious fashion.
+
+"Please, Brosie, give me a good kick," said Jack.
+
+"Why?" asked his companion.
+
+"Just to think, numskulls that we are, that we never thought just this
+about dear old Roy."
+
+"I do not see how we could. Roy never gave us the slightest hint."
+
+"No, but if we were not such ninnies--Oh! I say, Ambrose, do you think
+it is true?"
+
+"No doubt of it. 'Seminary--next year--his own diocese' tells the tale
+most conclusively for me."
+
+"I'm so glad! If any one of us fellows is worthy of being a priest, it
+surely is Roy."
+
+"Amen. But why has he kept it such a secret? Now all his actions are
+clear to me, although I confess I think some of them are mistaken or
+ill-advised."
+
+"I won't admit that until I know more," remarked loyal Jack.
+
+"That's right, too. But knowing what we now know, we can make things
+much pleasanter for Roy than they have been so far this year."
+
+"Yes; if only for that I am glad we were involuntary eavesdroppers."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+SOMETHING HAPPENS
+
+
+The charitable boys returned from the Little Sisters early in the
+afternoon, aglow with the warmth of their own good deeds, in time to
+take a rest and an early supper, and put themselves in good condition
+for the play that evening. It was the Seniors' night, and they were to
+present "Richelieu" for the first time at St. Cuthbert's in years. The
+last performance of that great play, ten years ago, had been a
+brilliant success. The present generation of student actors were
+nervously anxious to equal, and, if such a thing were possible, to
+excel the reputation of the bygone players.
+
+To make the situation more critical, several of the old boys who had
+taken part in the play at its former presentation had been invited to
+witness its reproduction. Six or seven, stirred by the memories of old
+times, had accepted the invitation. They were the welcome guests of
+the college for Christmas week. It can, then, be well understood that
+this play was to be the great event of the holidays.
+
+The afternoon passed quickly and already the college theater was
+lighted. Already the boys had more or less noisily scrambled to secure
+the best positions. Suddenly the footlights shot up, sending a thrill
+of expectancy through the audience. Amid a rather unmeaning applause,
+for as yet it was certainly unearned, the orchestra took their places.
+
+Before the curtain, much expectancy; behind it a much larger amount of
+suppressed excitement. Some of the actors were busy scanning over
+their lines for the last time, and with regretful haste, sorry now
+that they had not taken more to heart the advice of the trainer and
+committed them to memory better. Others were thronging around the busy
+make-up man, getting into his way, and--as always happens--upsetting
+the spirit-gum used to fasten on artificial mustaches and beards.
+
+Roy Henning, in the scarlet robe and white fur tippet of _Richelieu_,
+nervously tugged at a blue silk ribbon which was around his neck, and
+patiently waited his turn for his make-up.
+
+Shealey was _De Mauprat_ and looked well in a black velvet suit.
+Ambrose Bracebridge had a decidedly comical appearance in a Capuchin's
+brown habit and cord, with fleshlings and sandals, as the monk,
+_Joseph_. Ernest Winters, who this year had been promoted to the large
+yard, was to impersonate _Richelieu's_ page, _Francois_, and certainly
+his brother Claude would have been proud of him could he have seen at
+this moment how fine he looked in his handsome doublet and trunks.
+
+The play had been slightly modified to allow of its presentation by
+college students. The _Julie de Mortemar_ had been for this occasion
+metamorphosed in _Julius de Mortemar_, and was consequently nephew
+instead of niece of the great cardinal. The adaptation of the lines
+had been cleverly done, so the transposition of this character did not
+greatly injure the play.
+
+Behind the curtain the actors could hear faintly the squeakings and
+tunings of the orchestra violins. Presently the first overture began,
+and the actors knew their time had come. The manager, with a
+commendable horror of delays and stage waits, and knowing that
+anything of that kind would ruin the very best production, had
+everything arranged for the opening scene when the music ceased.
+
+The manager's little bell rings once, twice, and up rises the curtain
+on the drinking scene in _Marion de Lorme's_ house. The great play of
+the year had begun. Is it not strange that so many really good plays
+open with a drinking or carousing scene? At best, there is nothing
+elevating in them, and it takes the finest kind of professionalism to
+make them even tolerable. The St. Cuthbert's college boys were not
+professionals. The consequence was that the first scene went but
+slowly.
+
+It was not until Henning, magnificently costumed as _Richelieu_,
+entered, in the second scene, that any of the players appeared at
+their ease. The round of applause which greeted his entrance with
+_Joseph_ seemed to steady the actors and give them confidence.
+
+There now occurred a strange thing during this scene, which led to
+much talk and fruitless speculation for many subsequent days. Henning
+made a good entrance. He began his lines in a rich baritone:
+
+ _Richelieu_--"And so you think this new conspiracy
+ The craftiest trap yet laid for the old fox?--
+ Fox!--Well, I like the nickname! What did Plutarch
+ Say of the Greek Lysander?"
+
+ _Joseph_--"I forget."
+
+ _Richelieu_--"That where the lion's skin fell short he eked it
+ Out with the fox's. A great statesman, Joseph,
+ That same Lysander."
+
+Just as Henning had finished the rendering of the sentence, "That
+where the lion's skin fell short he eked it out with the fox's," there
+was heard from the far right-hand corner of the hall a loud, distinct
+sound--one word. Clear and resonant, every one in the hall and the
+actors on the stage heard it distinctly. As nearly as letters will
+represent the sound it was "UGH!" The intonation of the one syllable
+was such as to convey without doubt to the hearers that the
+perpetrator regarded the words of the cardinal as practically
+applicable to the actor himself.
+
+Many heads were momentarily turned in the direction whence the sound
+had come. Henning himself gave a rapid glance to the corner of the
+hall. As he did so, he saw his cousin Garrett drop his head and look
+fixedly at the floor.
+
+Boys at a Christmas play do not usually fix their gaze on the floor.
+Henning felt that, for some reason or other, his cousin had made the
+interruption. For what purpose? Roy could not imagine. That it was
+Garrett there was no shadow of a doubt, for the actor plainly
+recognized the blue sweater his cousin wore constantly. Perhaps after
+all this time, thought Roy, his cousin was now trying to "get even"
+with him, as he had promised, for refusing to accompany Garrett to
+that carpet dance during the summer. Roy loyally put this thought out
+of his mind, but in doing this he was more mystified than ever, as it
+left him without a motive which could explain the curious action.
+
+Fortunately for the success of the play the intended interruption, and
+probably intended insult, did not sufficiently distract Henning to the
+extent of spoiling the scene. There was a pause but for a moment. "A
+great statesman, Joseph, that same Lysander," he repeated, and thus
+recovering himself, the play went on without further interruption to a
+most successful finish.
+
+The next day the attempted spoiling of the scene was the general
+subject of conversation. Many boys were uncertain who made the
+attempt. Henning did not refer to the matter when Garrett approached
+him. He accepted the many congratulations without evidence of either
+pleasure or displeasure, merely politely bowing. He appeared
+indifferent to praise or blame from his cousin. When, however, among
+his own special coterie of friends he was by no means passive.
+
+After breakfast the Philosophers met in their own classroom, which, as
+we have before stated, was a sort of clubroom for them. Everybody
+crowded around Roy. Some shook his hand vigorously, others patted him
+patronizingly on the shoulders, assuring him that he was "the stuff"
+without deigning to explain their use of that word; others, in their
+enthusiasm, thumped him on the back, and Ernest Winters, who because
+he had taken part in the play, had been allowed to come up to the
+classroom, presented him, amid the profoundest salaams, with a bouquet
+of paper flowers surrounded by cabbage leaves which he had purloined
+from the kitchen.
+
+"Ye done rale good, an' this is fer yees," said the young rascal.
+
+"He did that," said Jack Beecham, and turning to Roy he continued: "If
+I knew who it was who tried to rattle you, I would----"
+
+"What?" asked Roy.
+
+"I would--would punch his head!" replied Jack, and manner, look, and
+gesture showed how pugilistic were his inclinations at that moment.
+
+"Who was it, Roy?" he continued, "I wasn't on the stage just at that
+time, you know."
+
+"I do not know," replied Henning slowly.
+
+"Mental reservation," said Bracebridge laughing.
+
+"I do not know," repeated Roy, and his friends could get no more out
+of him.
+
+"By the way," said George McLeod, "are you going to finish taking the
+subscriptions for the pitcher's cage to-day, Roy?"
+
+"Yes," answered Roy. "The boys seem to have plenty of money now, and
+we want only about twenty-six dollars more."
+
+"That's splendid," said George, "we must have that cage ready by the
+time classes begin again after the Christmas holidays."
+
+"That reminds me," said Henning, aside to Ambrose Bracebridge, "that I
+forgot to take that money out of the table-drawer and place it with
+the treasurer. I intended to do it every day for several days past,
+but every time I put more money in I forget all about it."
+
+A shade of vexation passed over Bracebridge's bright features. He
+said:
+
+"I am sorry you forgot. It would be much safer with the treasurer of
+the college. But I suppose it's all right, anyway."
+
+"I have seven dollars in my pocket now belonging to the fund. Let us
+go over to the playroom, boys, and I will unlock the drawer and take
+the money to the treasurer for safe-keeping."
+
+The group of boys left the classroom and went diagonally across the
+yard to the playroom, which was situated under a large study-hall, and
+was a half-basement room.
+
+There were about two dozen boys in the playroom when our friends
+entered it. As Roy passed up the long room, first one and then another
+complimented the _Richelieu_ of the previous evening on his fine
+acting. Roy's cheeks flushed with pleasure. There was some of that
+semiconscious gentleness of perfect success about him. He was
+experiencing some of the pleasantest moments he had ever spent at St.
+Cuthbert's.
+
+Jack Beecham took the key from Roy and unlocked the door of the
+sports-committee room. The group that had recently left the classroom
+entered, those in the playroom paying little attention to them. Boys
+were accustomed to see various groups enter the small room for the
+purpose of discussing various sporting events and conditions of the
+college games.
+
+"How much have you collected, Roy?" asked Tom Shealey.
+
+"About seventy-two dollars--seventy-nine with this in my pocket. Wait;
+we'll see in a minute."
+
+He felt in his pocket for a small bunch of keys, but could not find
+them.
+
+"There! I have left my keys in my desk. Wait a moment, boys, and I'll
+be back," and he started for the classroom.
+
+"What a dastardly thing that attempt last night was," said one of the
+company.
+
+"I guess Roy knows who it was well enough," remarked Tom Shealey, "but
+cousin or no cousin, if he did such a thing to me, I would have to get
+a very satisfactory explanation, or by the nine gods he would pay
+dearly for it."
+
+"But Henning is too generous to take any further notice of it," said a
+boy named White, "but I wonder whether Mr. Shalford will move in the
+matter at all."
+
+"Haven't the least idea," said Shealey. "I do not see what he could do
+exactly. It seems to me it were better to let the matter drop, and I
+am sure that is Roy's wish too. Treat it with the silent contempt it
+deserves."
+
+Which speech shows that Shealey was not always consistent.
+
+Ambrose agreed with him, although at the time he was furiously angry.
+As _Joseph_ in the play he was close to Richelieu, and beneath the
+disguising grease-paint on Henning's face he saw the hot flushes of
+passion rise, for a moment. Ambrose thought that Roy was going to
+address the interrupter, but he saw him check himself in time to save
+a scene that would indeed have been memorable.
+
+"Go on, Roy," Ambrose had whispered. "A great statesman, Joseph, that
+same Lysander."
+
+Henning took the cue from Ambrose, and although trembling with
+suppressed indignation his friend knew the play was saved.
+
+"Where on earth is that Roy all this time?" asked Beecham.
+
+Just at that moment that young man reappeared, red, and out of breath.
+
+"Oh! I say, fellows, forgive me for keeping you waiting so long, but
+Mr. Shalford caught me in the yard, and--and, really, he was very
+complimentary."
+
+"Is he going to find out who attempted the interruption last night?"
+asked young McLeod.
+
+"Not if I can help it, George," replied Roy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+WHO?
+
+
+"Have you your keys, Roy?" asked Bracebridge.
+
+"Yes, here they are."
+
+Henning moved to the end of the table where the drawer was, and picked
+out the key which was to unlock the table drawer.
+
+By this time all were engaged in a general discussion as to the kind
+of pitcher's cage which should be procured.
+
+"I can not make up my mind," said Roy, as he inserted the key into the
+lock, "whether to recommend the committee to get a wire backstop, or a
+canvas one." He had now opened the drawer and was feeling mechanically
+for his subscription book.
+
+"I think a canvas one will be better because it will not be so hard on
+the balls, and be less noisy, too. Why! where is my book--Ah! here it
+is."
+
+He drew out from the drawer the book containing the list of donors. In
+the back of the book Henning had made a rough sketch of what he
+supposed was wanted as a pitcher's cage. He showed it to the boys.
+
+"Who's the artist?" asked Jack.
+
+"Your humble servant," replied Roy.
+
+"H'm! Perspective all out. It looks two miles long. I guess the
+grease-paint man of last night could do better than that."
+
+"That's what you say, Jack," answered Roy good-naturedly; "I would
+like to see you do as well, anyway."
+
+Jack Beecham was not in earnest. Henning had caught him winking to the
+others while decrying his work.
+
+"Well," continued Roy, as he put his hand again into the drawer, "I
+would not ask Mr. John Beauchamps--to draw--for me--a--a barn
+door--Great heavens! Where's that money! I can't feel it anywhere in
+the drawer!"
+
+All this time Henning's forearm was in the drawer and his fingers were
+nervously searching for the bag.
+
+"Give yourself more room. Open the drawer wider, you goose," said
+Beecham.
+
+Henning pushed back his chair so suddenly that it fell. He pulled out
+the drawer to its full length. Then taking out the contents of the
+drawer he put them excitedly on the table. There was a large leather
+blotter, with pouches, a pad of athletic club letterheads, a lot of
+spoiled half sheets of foolscap, about a quire of clean paper, and a
+few small miscellaneous articles.
+
+"Did you have the money in a purse?" asked Bracebridge, who could not
+keep his anxiety out of his voice.
+
+"No; it was in one if those yellow bank canvas bags."
+
+"Look again through the pile of papers and be sure it is not there."
+
+They all searched. The money was gone.
+
+Those who saw Henning at that moment pitied him from the bottom of
+their hearts. For a few seconds he stood as one dazed. When he
+realized the force of the catastrophe which had happened to him he
+turned ghastly pale. His lips became livid. Around them were distinct
+white lines.
+
+For a moment the six boys stood in perfect silence. Ambrose
+Bracebridge seemed afraid to look at his friend.
+
+Henning stood as one dazed, not at present seeming to realize all of
+the untoward thing that had happened to him. It seemed to him as if he
+were under water and could not breathe. He panted for breath. A moment
+or two later a reaction set in and the blood rushed to his head,
+making his sight waver and his temples throb, and reddening his face
+to crimson. He felt as if he were falling forward, yet he remained
+motionless.
+
+"Fetch Mr. Shalford, Ernest, but tell him nothing. Say we want him at
+once," whispered Bracebridge to young Winters. The boy slipped out
+noiselessly and it is doubtful if any one except the last speaker
+noticed or knew of his departure. In half a minute Mr. Shalford came
+in. As he pushed the door open he saw the standing group, and began to
+laugh.
+
+"High tragics, eh? Are you all posing for a tableau? Where's the
+camera? What! What on earth is the matter with you boys? Speak some of
+you; what has happened?"
+
+They certainly did look a lot of frightened boys. Suddenly Roy
+regained the power of speech. With a full realization of his own
+predicament he threw up his hands in a despairing attitude.
+
+"Oh, oh, oh! I shall be branded as a thief!"
+
+Then he dropped on his knees and buried his face in his arms on the
+table.
+
+"That's quite dramat----" again began Mr. Shalford, but suddenly
+checked himself. He now saw there was something woefully wrong.
+
+A moment before Roy Henning had a strong inclination to burst out
+laughing at his ridiculous position, but his self-control was too
+great to permit him to give way to the nervous hilarity of misfortune.
+Just as Mr. Shalford entered the room the thought flashed across his
+mind of the consequences at home for him. What would his stern father
+say! Then a momentary thought of his mother's grief--and he gave way.
+
+Who can blame him? Roy was as yet only a boy, after all. At present he
+lacked the stability and poise of later years. Fifteen or twenty years
+later he would have borne the crash of a financial misfortune with a
+certain kind of equanimity. But he was young yet, living in boy-world,
+with all a boy's thoughts and feelings. And he wept. Do not blame him.
+It is more than probable that under the same circumstances you and I,
+and a hundred others, if we ever had a spark of boy nature, or boy
+feeling about us, would have done the same, and not thought it
+derogatory either.
+
+Mr. Shalford, putting his hand on Roy's shoulder in a kindly way,
+said:
+
+"What is wrong, Roy? What has happened? Your friends do not want to
+see you in this way."
+
+The poor boy raised his head from his arm.
+
+"It's gone. The money's gone. My character is ruined!"
+
+"That is not so, my boy. Be sensible. No one in his senses will ever
+accuse you. How much was taken?"
+
+"All, sir, except seven dollars in my pocket."
+
+"But how much?"
+
+"Seventy-two dollars."
+
+"Dear me! dear me! Seventy-two dollars! Why did you keep so large a
+sum in a place like this, Roy?"
+
+"If I had a particle of common-sense I would have taken Bracebridge's
+advice long ago. He recommended putting it away safely two weeks ago,
+but I forgot to do it. What a fool I was--fool! fool!"
+
+"Don't say that, my boy. Come, cheer up. There is not a shadow of
+moral wrong for you in the whole affair. It's a misfortune for you,
+truly. You can bear that bravely. We may catch the thief yet."
+
+"Yes; but, sir, I shall be suspected. Many fellows will point the
+finger at me. Oh!--oh! I think I had better go home and give up all my
+plans."
+
+Give up all his plans! In the bitterness of his heart he thought that
+all was ruined, that the secret hopes of a vocation were now
+irretrievably lost, character gone, opportunities wasted. Well, Roy
+Henning was not the first and will not be the last of those who, when
+sudden misfortune comes, grow exceedingly pessimistic and want to give
+up. This was the first great grief of Roy's life. All the petty
+annoyances he had suffered from Garrett and his undesirable clique
+sank into insignificance in the face of this overwhelming calamity.
+Oh, why had he not followed Bracebridge's advice, and, days ago, put
+the money out of his own keeping!
+
+"Yes," he said again, "I think I had better leave----"
+
+"No, no, no, no, Roy!" came the chorus from his friends.
+
+"If you do so, now, Roy," said Mr. Shalford, who motioned silence to
+the others, "you make the mistake of your life. You give your
+enemies--I mean those ill-disposed toward you, if there are any--a
+free field, and unlimited opportunities to vilify you. You can not,
+you must not go."
+
+"But I must."
+
+"No, no, you must not, Roy."
+
+"But I must, sir. Oh, I can't stand it!"
+
+"Well, if you must, think over your friends' sorrow at such a
+course."
+
+"Sir?" asked the bewildered boy, not at all understanding.
+
+"I say, think of our sorrow, your friend's sorrow at such a step. And,
+Roy, think of your mother's sorrow! A son with a blighted name! Don't
+you see that by running away now you make a tacit confession of some
+guilt? No, you must not go!"
+
+Long ago Mr. Shalford had surmised what were Henning's intentions and
+aspirations for a future career. He saw this affair would be an
+occasion of trying the very soul of the boy before him, and that it
+would either make or break him. He thought, and correctly, that he
+knew the character of the youth now in such deep trouble, and he was
+anxious that he should make no false step. He looked Roy straight in
+the eye, and said seriously:
+
+"Definitely, you must not go," and then, as calmly as he had spoken
+before, he made use of a somewhat enigmatic expression: "Eagles live
+on mountain heights where storms are strongest."
+
+A quick glance from Henning told the prefect that the boy understood
+him, and the saying also told the boy that the prefect had divined his
+intention accurately. Mr. Shalford had thought the words and the
+glance would be understood by himself and Henning only. In this he was
+mistaken. Two boys, who had overheard Roy's words to the chaplain at
+the Little Sisters, understood perfectly.
+
+"Very well, sir. I stay," said Roy.
+
+"That is right; that is sensible," said Mr. Shalford, but in a moment
+Henning burst out, with an agony in his voice that was piteous:
+
+"Oh, the shame of being suspected! What shall I do! What shall I do!"
+
+"Let me think what is best to do," said Mr. Shalford, who walked up
+and down the room once or twice. He realized that it was a critical
+moment in Henning's life, and he wanted to gain a little time. He
+decided that it was wisest to get Henning away from the scene of his
+misfortune at least for a few hours.
+
+"What you will do now is this, all of you. You--Henning, Bracebridge,
+Beecham, and Shealey, will go out at once for a long tramp, buy your
+dinners somewhere, and do not come home till dark. Have you plenty of
+money?"
+
+"Yes, sir; yes, sir, lots of it," answered the delighted three who
+were not in trouble.
+
+"I don't think----" began the despondent Henning.
+
+"That's right; just now do not think," said the energetic prefect. "It
+will do no good. Walk and talk instead. Come home tired out, all of
+you."
+
+Three out of the group were enthusiastic over the plan. But there were
+two other very long faces just then. George McLeod and Ernest Winters
+were not included in the generous proposal.
+
+"I say, Mr. Shalford, may not the kids come, too?" asked Tom Shealey.
+
+"The kids! Whom do you mean?" and the prefect turned and saw two very
+disconsolate faces. He thought for a moment.
+
+"Let--me--see. Records clear, Ernest? George?"
+
+"Yes, sir," answered the two, their hopes rising.
+
+"How were your notes in the Christmas competitions?"
+
+"Pretty good, sir, eighty-two," answered Ernest.
+
+"Fine, sir, mine were eighty-nine," answered McLeod for himself.
+
+In the meantime Mr. Shalford had caught Henning's eye. By a slight
+raising of his eyelids he wordlessly inquired if the company of these
+smaller boys would be acceptable. Roy answered by an almost
+imperceptible affirmative movement of the head.
+
+"Very well, then," the prefect said, "I suppose you both may go, too,
+but it's only another weakness on my part, letting small boys out all
+day. You big boys must take care of them."
+
+"Whoop!" shouted Ernest vociferously, and even the disconsolate
+Henning smiled at Ernest's resemblance in voice and manner to Claude,
+his brother, especially under stress of any pleasurable excitement.
+
+"Of course I will set about investigating this money matter at once,"
+resumed Mr. Shalford, "and you six here had better keep the whole
+matter a secret, at least for a time."
+
+This injunction was useless. The prefect, this time, had reckoned
+without his host. At his own exclamation of surprise at the discovery
+of the theft, several boys who were in the large playroom, crowded
+around the door, unobserved by the prefect, whose back was toward
+them. Already the fact was known in the yard to some extent. Already
+had little excited groups begun to discuss the startling event.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A DAY'S ADVENTURE
+
+
+Mr. Shalford at once told the President of the theft, and what he had
+arranged for Henning. The head of the college agreed with the prefect
+in thinking that a day's outing for Roy would be the best distraction
+he could get. A change of scenery and of faces would be beneficial,
+and prevent the unfortunate boy's mind from dwelling too morbidly on
+his misfortune while the event was still fresh.
+
+"Why, why, why! What's this? Boys out of bounds? Where are you going?
+Dear me, dear me!"
+
+The President, with a merry twinkle in his eyes, shook his gray locks,
+and a long finger, at the six boys whom he purposely met on the
+snow-covered lawn in front of the college.
+
+"Where are you going?" he asked again.
+
+"We hardly know yet, Father," said Jack Beecham. "We have only a few
+minutes ago obtained permission from Mr. Shalford for a day off."
+
+"A day off! and what do you expect to do with it?"
+
+"Take a good tramp, buy our dinners at a farmhouse, and have a good
+time, Father."
+
+"H--hm! Have a good time, eh? Well, that's right. You can all be
+trusted. Hope you will enjoy yourselves. Wait. Where are your skates?
+If I were you I would take them with me. In your journeying you may
+come across a frozen pond, and then you would regret being without
+them."
+
+"That's a good idea, Father. We will go back and get them," said Jack.
+
+"Do, and meet me here before you start."
+
+The boys turned back into the yard, and the President went to his
+office. A few minutes later he met the boys. He was carrying a good
+sized parcel.
+
+"Were you not some of the charitable boys who, out of their abundance,
+provided the old folks with a feast yesterday?"
+
+Not one of those engaged in that enterprise answered, but Ernest
+Winters said:
+
+"Yes, Father, these four big fellows were some of them and I think
+they are all a set of mean fellows."
+
+The four, and the President, too, looked surprised.
+
+"Why do you think that, my child?" he asked.
+
+"Because they didn't give any of us smaller boys a chance to give
+anything toward the feast."
+
+The four big "mean" fellows burst into a laugh.
+
+"Never mind, Ernie, this time," said Jack Beecham, "we had too much
+anyway. You shall have a chance for the next spread."
+
+The President smiled at Ernest's vehemence, and at the nature of his
+charge.
+
+"On your way," he said to Henning, "I want you to call at the Little
+Sisters and give them this package. I learned last night that although
+your dinner there was a great success yesterday, still there are many
+poor creatures, both men and women, who are in the infirmaries and
+could not attend. Here are a couple of boxes of cigars for these old
+men, and two boxes of candy for the old women."
+
+The boys were delighted to be given such a mission. A bright smile of
+welcome spread over the features of the Sister who answered the door,
+when she saw these college boys again.
+
+"Come into the parlor, young gentlemen, and I will call Mother."
+
+The Superioress soon came. She was profuse in her thanks for what the
+students had done that week for her charges.
+
+"May God bless you all," she said. "Our old people, since yesterday's
+dinner, have done nothing but talk about the kindness of the young
+gentlemen in remembering them. Many extravagantly funny, and some
+really comical things were said in your praise," and the nun's eyes
+twinkled and a smile stole around the corners of her mouth at the
+remembrance of many a quaint bit of Irish humor from the old men.
+
+"Oh, tell us some of the things, Mother," said the impetuous young
+Winters.
+
+"I am unable to reproduce any of it. I should only spoil it if I were
+to attempt it. You must come and hear them yourselves some day."
+
+Henning then told her their mission.
+
+"Please convey my thanks to the President. All of you must visit the
+infirmaries and distribute the gifts."
+
+Whether this is what the President intended--we are inclined to think
+it is--that visit was the very best thing that could have happened to
+Henning in his present frame of mind. There is nothing like witnessing
+the sorrow and misery of others to make us think less of our own. For
+the first time in his life Henning was face to face and in close touch
+with pain and suffering and disease and all the calamities of
+impoverished old age. What was a misfortune like his to that of being
+doubled and rendered helpless by rheumatism? Here one was totally
+blind, but marvelously patient. There another whose distorted hands
+rendered her powerless to help herself. Another had to be lifted and
+tended and fed as a little child in the helplessness of old age and
+years of sickness. Yet all, under the fostering charity of the nuns,
+were clean, docile, grateful, and as cheerful as their condition would
+permit. Yes, the visit was very beneficial to Henning.
+
+It is true that Roy's greatest distress was, after all, in the
+anticipation of what was to come. He knew there were many who were by
+no means kindly disposed toward him. Would these set afloat rumors and
+reports? Would they attempt to blacken his character? He greatly
+feared they would.
+
+The chagrin caused by having lost the money entrusted to him through
+want of a little prudential forethought, or through mere forgetfulness
+of what he had the intention of doing, was bad enough. The imputations
+and the innuendos he dreaded far more. He realized that life could be
+made very bitter for him. But after all, what was all he might have to
+suffer, even granting the gloomiest view of the future to be the
+actual one, in comparison to the chronic and hopeless pains of these
+poor people in the Sisters' infirmaries?
+
+He left the convent in a much more cheerful frame of mind than he had
+experienced since the discovery of the theft. His companions gladly
+saw the change. They did their utmost during the long tramp over the
+hills, by quip and prank and song and jest, to make the time pass
+pleasantly.
+
+It was a splendid day for a winter's walk. It is true there was no
+sun, but neither was there a breath of cold air stirring. There was an
+even gray sky, a motionless atmosphere, and just sufficient snow to
+accentuate the beauties of a winter landscape, but not enough to
+envelop everything in an indiscriminating white pall. It was an ideal
+winter day in which to be outdoors.
+
+The fresh snow that had fallen during the night and early morning
+remained on the trees, loading down every branch and twig. The
+well-known bridle-path through the woods, along which the boys passed
+merrily, had a double carpet, the upper one of snow, and beneath that
+a spreading of dry autumn leaves.
+
+The great charm of a windless snow-covered forest is the absolute
+silence that prevails. Nothing was heard by the travelers save the
+distant occasional bark of a shepherd-dog, or a far-off train whistle,
+sounding like a dismal appeal for help, and subconsciously regarded by
+the hearers as an irreverent intrusion upon the silence of the
+solitude. Once in a while from an overweighted bough the soft snow
+would fall, but with a muffled sound as if fearful of breaking
+nature's sabbath calm.
+
+As the boys traveled merrily on, here and there they saw the "vestigia"
+of birds or rabbits, and once they discovered what they supposed to be
+deer tracks in the snow. Descending to a pretty hollow they saw a scene
+which delighted them immensely. In the bottom of the hollow, which in
+the summer time was a beautiful glade in the forest, there was standing
+out alone with a clear space around it, a magnificent snow-laden spruce
+tree. Each graceful downward curve of the limbs sustained its load of
+pure white snow. The symmetry of the forest king was unmarred, but
+appeared glorified by its covering of whiteness.
+
+The six were enraptured. They gazed long at the beautiful sight and
+would have delayed much longer had not Jack Beecham, who had assumed
+a temporary leadership of the excursion, warned them of the unwisdom
+of staying too long in one place.
+
+A little farther along they saw an ideal winter scene. A large,
+comfortable farmhouse, with all the sheds and barns of a well-kept
+farm, lay at their feet under a mantle of white. From the broad
+chimney arose a straight column of blue smoke, telling of warmth
+within. In the barnyard were several head of comfortable-looking sheep
+and fat cattle were contentedly ruminating in the shelter of a huge
+straw stack. One of the inmates of this cosy looking farmhouse had,
+probably unconsciously, added the last touch to complete the artistic
+effect of this scene of gray and white. In the door yard on a
+clothesline were three or four brilliantly red woolen shirts which
+heightened by contrast the more somber colors of the scene.
+
+"That's our Mecca if the fates be propitious," said Tom Shealey, as
+the boys were viewing the scene here described from an elevated point
+at least a mile away.
+
+"It is a comfortable looking house and doubtless has a well-stocked
+larder. I wonder if the Dowsibel of the Kitchen could be induced to
+turn a spit for us."
+
+"'Tis a consummation devoutly to be wished," observed Beecham, "for
+already I believe I could eat a couple of sheep and a Michaelmas
+goose."
+
+The boys had already walked a good seven miles. All were beginning to
+feel tired and to realize the necessity of a good meal.
+
+"Suppose we can not be entertained there?" suggested Ernest Winters.
+
+"Then we shall have to tramp on till we find a place where we can
+be--perhaps ten miles more," said Roy Henning teasingly.
+
+"O--oh!" groaned Ernest. Roy laughed.
+
+"Well, do not despair, little one. Nine miles from here I know of a
+wayside hostelry where we may perhaps get some year old crackers and
+eggs, with an apology for coffee, and have the privilege of paying
+Delmonico prices."
+
+"Oh, oh! Nine miles--oh! Sixteen miles and crackers! Oh!" groaned
+Winters again. All burst out laughing at the comical look of despair
+Ernest's face had assumed.
+
+"Look here, Ernie," said Roy again, "if it comes to the worst we can
+eat our shoes and our skate straps, and our gloves for dessert."
+
+During their chatter they had continued their walk down the hillside
+toward the comfortable-looking farm. When about half way down the road
+they saw a jolly looking, red-faced man--in the clear atmosphere they
+could easily distinguish his red face--come out of the farmhouse, take
+his stand on the stoop or veranda, shade his eyes with his hand, and
+look a long time at the approaching boys.
+
+"We shall know our fate in a few minutes," said Jack Beecham in a
+tragic whisper to Ernest. "If we are not welcome he will set his
+savage dogs on us as soon as we get near enough, and then we shall be
+hungry orphans out in the cold world, sure enough."
+
+But no such catastrophe occurred. After gazing a few minutes the man
+went into the house and closed the door. The boys opened the yard gate
+with trepidation, fearful of the onslaught of some vicious watchdog,
+and more afraid than they would have been owing to the rascal Jack's
+ominous forecast of the possibilities. To their great relief no canine
+enemy appeared.
+
+All they saw pleased them. There was an air of prosperous, generous
+plenty everywhere. The hay-mows were bursting with sweet-smelling hay.
+The wheat barn was congested with unthreshed grain. The cows, pigs,
+and sheep were fat, and evidently well cared for. Repose was
+everywhere. In such a place as this, thought Roy, life must be well
+worth the living.
+
+"Cave canem," whispered Bracebridge, as he espied the watchdog lying
+on the porch of the house. This old Roman warning, "Beware of the dog"
+was, on this occasion, unnecessary, for when the animal saw the
+visitors he merely wagged his tail and did not take the trouble to
+stir. He seemed too fat and too contented with life to care about
+molesting a mere parcel of college boys, and his instinct told him
+they did not belong to the genus tramp.
+
+As they reached the porch of the house the good-natured looking man
+who had watched them coming down the hillside opened the door. The
+boys noticed that he had put on his coat to welcome them. While making
+his observations he had been in his shirt-sleeves.
+
+"Welcome, young gentlemen. Come right in by the fire," was his hearty
+greeting. "Mother, Mother! Here are some young gentlemen from
+Cuthberton," he called to some one in the large living-room.
+
+A kind, motherly woman appeared in the doorway. She was clad in a warm
+homemade linsey dress, with a white handkerchief over her shoulders,
+and white muslin cuffs to match. A black lace coif surmounted her
+snow-white hair. The boys saw a very smiling, kindly face in the
+doorway greeting them.
+
+"Welcome, welcome, my dears. You are welcome. But, please, scrape the
+snow off your shoes before you come in. I am very particular about
+that, am I not, Roland?" and she glanced affectionately at the big
+man beside her.
+
+"Yes, yes, indeed she is," he remarked humorously. "Would you believe
+it, gentlemen, she leads me an awful life about my dirty
+boots--awful--awful!"
+
+"Roland," said the elderly lady, "how you do talk!"
+
+The husband gave a sly, comical wink to the boys, who immediately
+understood the nature of the amicable bantering which they soon found
+was going on constantly between these two.
+
+"Take off your overcoats, my dears, and come up to the fire. You must
+be cold. There's no wind, but it's near zero. And did ye walk all the
+way, from St. Cuthbert's College? You must all be tired."
+
+She saw at once they were college boys.
+
+"Did ye now! Well now! well! well! My! but that's a long way to walk.
+Roland, go ye and get another hickory back log, and start a good
+blaze. Now sit ye there and warm yourselves. I'll be back in a minute
+or two," and the kindly woman put down her knitting and bustled out of
+the room.
+
+"This is fine!" said Tom Shealey. "We are in luck for sure."
+
+"I wonder where she has gone," ventured Ernest Winters, in a whisper.
+
+"Gone? Um! um! don't you know, youngster?" said Jack Beecham, with a
+shrug, and a stage whisper. He was a terrible tease. "Better keep your
+eyes on your skates and overcoat, Ernest. Of course she has gone to
+gather all the hired men on the farm who will soon be here to drive us
+off the premises. The ogre of this castle won't stand for any such
+invasion as ours. You can see it in her eye."
+
+But Ernest was not to be caught a second time.
+
+"You can't fool me this time, mister. I think--but hush! here she
+comes."
+
+She came. With her came two of her maids bearing with them
+eatables--sweet homemade bread, apparently created to make a hungry
+schoolboy's mouth water, delicious pats of golden butter, red cheese,
+and an enormous pitcher of new milk--what a lunch for hungry boys!
+
+"I am very glad you came," again remarked the dear old lady. "To-day I
+give the farmhands and the dairy maids a sort of Christmas week feast.
+It is a holiday in this house to-day. We don't have dinner to-day
+until after two o'clock, and as that is late and you must be hungry
+with your long walk already--my! it's nigh onto eight miles to the
+big school, isn't it--you had just better take a snack before
+dinner-time. Come, sit up to the table, my dears; that is if you are
+warmed enough."
+
+The young fellows did not need a second invitation. Hunger is a good
+sauce. Growing boys are always hungry and the sweet, wholesome
+farmhouse fare was extremely enticing. Such butter! No oleomargarine
+there. Were it not, as mentioned before, that boys have a perpetual
+appetite, I am afraid that the amount of bread, cheese, butter, and
+milk disposed of would have seriously interfered with the enjoyment of
+the forthcoming dinner. At all events it wanted considerably over two
+hours to dinner-time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+AN AFTERNOON'S FUN
+
+
+If the writer of these veracious chronicles knows anything about
+boys--and he has been accused of having that knowledge--he is sure
+that his boy readers, and his girl readers, too, for that matter, will
+expect an account of that famous farmhouse dinner. Well, we can not
+delay the story by merely describing what people eat; yet it was a
+gorgeous feast for our friends. The enjoyment was greatly enhanced by
+the complete unexpectedness of it all. Not the least part of this
+enjoyment was the hearty, extraordinary welcome given to a troop of
+boys who had never been to the house before and were entire strangers
+to the good people who entertained them so royally.
+
+A few minutes after two o'clock the farmer took from a shelf in the
+common living-room a large seashell and went to the porch and sounded
+it lustily, much to the astonishment of George McLeod, who had never
+seen a shell put to such a use before.
+
+"How did you do it?" he asked.
+
+"Just blew into it. Try it yourself," said the farmer. McLeod tried
+and tried again, but could not produce a sound.
+
+"What is it for?" he inquired.
+
+"To call the hands to dinner. We have no bells or whistles out here in
+the country, so we use a horn, or a big shell, which is the next best
+thing, and I believe it sounds farther. On a still day I have heard
+this shell five miles away."
+
+"Come, boys; wash for dinner," called the motherly housekeeper. They
+were not allowed in the kitchen while the maids were dishing the
+dinner. They were taken to a side porch and there shown a rain-barrel
+and several tin pans and soap. A large round towel hung on a nail
+close by. The boys enjoyed this primitive method of performing their
+ablutions.
+
+The dinner was a surprise even to those boys who were not unused to
+occasional big dinners at home. George McLeod said that never in his
+life had he seen so large a turkey, but it was found none too large
+after it had passed the guests and traveled to the end of the table.
+And the stuffed ham! And the mince pies, and tarts, and rosy apples
+and nuts, and that old-fashioned plum-pudding! Well, we must stop: it
+is not fair.
+
+There were two wings in the rear of the house which the boys had not
+noticed when descending the hill in front of the dwelling. To one of
+these all the maids of the large household retired after dinner, and
+the farmhands went to the other, where they spent the rest of the
+afternoon in smoking and enjoyment until it was time to feed and water
+the stock, milk the cows, and do the other necessary daily farm
+chores.
+
+Roy Henning and his companions, after the dinner, were invited to sit
+around the blazing yule log. The old lady sat in the center of the
+group in an old-fashioned armchair whose back reached some twelve
+inches above her head, and which had large, broad, comfortable arms.
+It was well padded and comfortable, and was covered with a serviceable
+chintz of a soft green color. She sat in the midst of her guests,
+before the blazing logs, a very picture of content and matronly
+dignity. Her husband sat next to her, and their guests were arranged
+on either side.
+
+With fine tact she drew out each boy and made him appear at his best.
+Although, owing to the generous welcome given them, all reserve and
+bashfulness had vanished long before the dinner, yet the coziness of a
+winter afternoon indoors made them chatty and even confidential. They
+told her of the play the night before and of its success. They found
+interested listeners in host and hostess.
+
+"I should so like to have been there," said the old lady. "I am so
+fond of good dramatic productions. Providing the tone is correct there
+is no more elevating form of amusement than the drama."
+
+"Hold on there, mother," said the husband, "grand opera is finer. In
+that we get all that dramatic presentation gives, with the addition of
+excellent music."
+
+"You know, my dears," said Mrs. Thorncroft, for that was the old
+lady's name, "my husband is an enthusiast in matters musical."
+
+"So is Ernie Winters," said his friend George McLeod.
+
+"Is that so?" said Mr. Thorncroft, enthusiastically. "Is that so?
+Well, well! Now I wonder, mother, whether these young gentlemen could
+not sing some songs for us. Wouldn't that be fine, eh?"
+
+"Jack Beecham can sing, ma'am," said George again.
+
+"Oh! you keep quiet, youngster," said Jack.
+
+"I won't. He sings first rate, sir."
+
+"Capital! Anybody else?"
+
+"Yes," said Beecham, "George McLeod there, who is so fond of getting
+other people into difficulty, can sing, too."
+
+McLeod shook his fist at Jack. But it was well known that he had a
+good voice.
+
+Then, to the infinite delight of the musical farmer, songs and glees
+and madrigals and rounds were sung. It was an impromptu concert, but
+of no mean order, for the lads were well trained and had a good stock
+of songs. They wished, properly, to make a return in some way for the
+kindly treatment they had received and were still receiving. "Holy
+Night" was given, and "Good King Wenceslaus," and "God Rest You, Merry
+Gentlemen," "Angels We Have Seen and Heard," and many others. Then
+followed the college songs, and the concert was closed with the old
+favorite of St. Cuthbert's, the "O Sanctissima."
+
+When the singing had ceased there was a momentary silence, during which
+the six boys exchanged signals and glances. Suddenly there were two very
+startled people in the company around the ingle nook. The old lady half
+arose from her chair in consternation and amazement. Her husband stared
+in wonder when he heard such a vociferous and unexpected sound. Had the
+boys gone crazy? Certainly the old people, kind and hospitable as they
+were, for at least one minute thought so. Such an unearthly noise! It
+resembled nothing so much as a wild Indian warcry.
+
+After all it was only the college yell.
+
+In the school-days of Mr. and Mrs. Thorncroft no such thing had ever
+been dreamed of. Living now in seclusion out in the country amid plenty
+and a certain rustic refinement, this elderly couple had never heard
+that modern accomplishment of a college man--the yell. It may be
+exhilarating to the college man; its use may be within the modern bounds
+of propriety, and it may, among the coteries of the more advanced, be
+considered the correct thing; but it is certain that the old lady, who
+had been educated in a French convent in her youth, hearing the yell
+for the first time did not think so. Her unformulated idea, judging from
+her looks, was that it was an indication of atavism--a going back, in
+one particular--to man's former state of savagery.
+
+The boys were amused at her surprise. She then saw that it was something
+done for her entertainment. They evidently thought it was something very
+fine. These lads lacked, just now, what one may call perspective. They
+lacked the proper appreciation of the correctness, or fitness, of
+things. They knew the college yell was the most enthusing thing on earth
+to them when used on the campus in a grand rush to victory, but they did
+not think, or realize, that the same yell given in a small room might be
+startling and even offensive to an elderly lady.
+
+"You must excuse me now, boys, for a little while," said the farmer.
+"I must go and look after my men. I will be back soon. Mother"--he
+always called his wife by that name--"are all the walnuts gone?"
+
+"No. Dear me! I never thought about them. I will get some."
+
+She returned with a large dish of walnut and hickory nuts. In lieu of
+the usual table nut-crackers she brought a flat stone and two hammers.
+While the boys were busy cracking and eating nuts she said:
+
+"You do not know, my children, what an unexpected pleasure your visit
+has been to me. Would you like to know the reason? Very well, I will
+tell you," she seated herself comfortably again in her green
+chintz-covered chair.
+
+"I love boys because somewhere in the world there are wandering two of
+my own dear children. Both left home when they were about the age of you
+four big boys, and I love to remember them as such even now. They were
+fine lads, with rosy healthy cheeks, and they were good. You lads with
+your bright eyes and clear skins, and good pure faces make me see my own
+two darlings once again. Do I long to see them? Ah, yes. Oh, how much,
+how much!--once again before I die. But I am not grieving about them.
+No. Every night I commend them to the keeping of our blessed Mother, and
+I feel that wherever they may be a mother's prayers for them must be
+heard. I am sure that Our Lady is taking care of them."
+
+"Why did they leave home?" asked Henning sympathetically.
+
+"Ah! the wanderlust. The desire to see the world. But you boys must
+come and see me again and I will tell you the story. There is no time
+now, as I see my husband coming from the cattle-shed."
+
+"Mother!" said the cheery voice of Roland Thorncroft a moment later,
+as he opened the door, "would not these young gentlemen like a good
+skate on the meadow pond? It has been swept by the wind, and is
+capital ice."
+
+Jack Beecham looked at his watch. It was already four o'clock.
+
+"We are thankful," he said, "but I am afraid we must do without that
+pleasure. It is quite time we started for home."
+
+Husband looked at wife. She nodded, and then he nodded. Something was
+settled between them.
+
+"Don't you like skating, boys? I thought you did, seeing each had a
+pair of skates along."
+
+"Very much, sir," said Tom Shealey, "but we must be starting now."
+
+"Come along, then. Bring your skates. There is no wind and it is not
+nearly as cold as it was this morning. You will not want your
+top-coats."
+
+The boys looked puzzled. The host saw the look of mystification on
+their faces. He burst into a merry laugh.
+
+"You simple children!" he said, as soon as he could. "Do you think
+that after being our guests all day, and singing for us as you have
+done, we are going to let you walk home! No, no. You just get your
+skates and come along with me. I'll show you the finest piece of ice
+in the country. You can skate there for an hour or an hour and a half.
+By that time coffee will be ready, eh, mammy? And a bobsleigh. We are
+going to have just the finest, most musical sleighride this evening
+you ever saw, or heard. You had better come along, mother, too."
+
+"Really, I have half a mind to."
+
+"Do, do, do, Mrs. Thorncroft; do, do!" chorused the boys.
+
+"I will see by the time you return for supper."
+
+When the time came for starting, however, she decided to stay at home.
+She had prepared a lunch for the journey, for there was no time now
+for a formal supper. After each boy had taken a bowl of steaming
+coffee, she bade them adieu. Such handshakings! Such good-byes! The
+jolly lads subdued their merriment momentarily when she kissed each
+one a farewell on the brow. It was a beautiful moment in each one's
+life and was never forgotten by any of them.
+
+They had a glorious ride in the moonlight and the frost. And so it
+happened that six merry boys came joyously into the college yard at
+about seven o'clock, happy, tired, excited, and chattering like
+magpies about the unexpected good time they had enjoyed.
+
+"I am glad the plan worked," said Mr. Shalford to himself. The boys
+never learned that the dinner at Thorncroft's was a prearranged
+affair. As soon as he had decided to send Henning and his companions
+out for a day's change, the prefect had told one of the farmhands to
+get a fast horse and arrange with the Thorncrofts for the boys'
+entertainment. He had suggested to Tom Shealey and Jack Beecham the
+best route to take without arousing their suspicions, and everything
+had happened just as he had planned. Some men are positively ingenious
+in their charity.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+REPORTS
+
+
+Perhaps it was not the wisest course to have pursued, after all, on
+the part of the prefect, to have allowed all the boys who were present
+at the discovery of the theft to be absent for the whole day. Twelve
+hours was ample time for a number of rumors to be born, grow strong,
+and become, in the minds of some, established facts. There were,
+unfortunately, all too many willing to believe, not maliciously but
+thoughtlessly, the wildest and most absurd report. A few were anxious
+to find something more than a mere misfortune in that which had
+befallen the treasurer. These did not hesitate to sit in judgment on
+their fellows, to discuss and impute intentions which with knowledge
+any less than omniscient they could not possibly possess.
+
+Almost as soon as the discovery had been made, the news spread like
+wildfire through the yard. Excited boys gathered in groups and
+discussed the situation. It was certainly the biggest sensation St.
+Cuthbert's had witnessed in many a day--more exciting than the Deming
+affair. The rumors were legion and as contradictory as numerous.
+
+"Hi! Jones; have you heard the news?" asked Smithers, about half an
+hour after the discovery.
+
+"No. What?" asked Rob.
+
+"Haven't heard of the robbery?"
+
+"No. What robbery? No one has stolen our costumes, have they?"
+
+Rob Jones was full of the play of the night before, and just at this
+moment he considered the costumes, if not the most valuable, at least
+the most attractive things for a thief to make away with.
+
+"Costumes! Not much! It's cash. Hard-earned cash; at least cash
+subscribed by other people. The delectable and very pious Henning has
+managed to lose seventy-two dollars which the boys had already
+subscribed for the cage."
+
+"Managed to lose! I don't understand. Speak plainer."
+
+"I mean, then, that Roy has lost that money and the report is that he
+was robbed of it."
+
+"You miserable cur!" said Rob Jones.
+
+In a flash he saw Smithers' motive. There had evidently been a
+robbery. No matter how, or when, or where, without knowledge of any
+of the details whatever, Rob Jones was as sure as he was sure of his
+own existence that Roy, big, generous, noble-hearted Roy, was
+guiltless of the least shadow of complicity. As soon as he realized
+that Smithers, in the mere telling of the event, was so coloring the
+facts by innuendo and sneer that Roy's name would probably suffer,
+Jones became furiously angry.
+
+"You miserable cur!" he repeated, and made a spring for the other's
+throat. Luckily the high collar he wore saved Smithers to some extent,
+or he might carry to this day some ugly marks. Jones fairly shook him,
+as a mastiff would shake a whelp.
+
+"You cur! Is this the way you would blacken one's reputation! I tell
+you Roy is innocent, and you shall apologize to him for your dastardly
+insinuations. Come with me, come with me, I say," and he began to drag
+the now frightened boy across the yard to where he thought Henning
+was. Smithers, trembling, began to say something, but it was
+unintelligible, which is very likely to be the case when another has
+a strong hold on the speaker's throat.
+
+"Hold on there, Jones. You can't find Henning. He's gone out. I saw
+him and several others leave about half an hour ago," said John
+Stockley. A crowd had now gathered about the two.
+
+"A fight! a fight!" was the word that ran around the yard.
+
+Rob Jones relaxed his hold, but did not release the boy. Holding his
+fist close to his captive's face he said:
+
+"Now take it back, or I'll thrash you till you can't see."
+
+"Wha--what did I say?" asked Smithers.
+
+"You know very well what you said. You said that the delectable and
+pious Henning had managed to lose seventy-two dollars of the boys'
+money. That's a lie. Take it back, or I'll----"
+
+"It isn't a lie," whimpered the choking Smithers. "Didn't he have
+charge of the money? And hasn't it been stolen?"
+
+"But did he, as you say, manage to have it stolen? That is, is he
+implicated in the theft, as you imply, or is he not? Speak out, man,
+if you have a spark of honor in you. Speak out, or I'll thrash you if
+I have to leave here to-morrow."
+
+Generous Rob! There were few boys at the college at this time who knew
+that this same Rob Jones once played the role which Smithers was so
+unsuccessfully attempting. He had repented of that long ago, but never
+had there come a time, for which he had often wished, when he could
+safeguard another's reputation, as a species of reparation for the
+damaging of Howard Hunter's in the long ago.
+
+Irrespective of the idea that actuated him, Jones was quite convinced,
+even without knowing the simplest details, that Roy Henning must be
+free from all moral blame. Roy Henning was a boy whom Jones honored
+and loved. All these circumstances must be considered when we pass
+judgment on the vehement burst of passion which put young Smithers in
+danger of strangulation. He muttered some kind of apology to the
+absent Roy, and Jones with a positive grunt of disgust flung the
+frightened boy as far as he could send him. He stumbled along for
+several paces before regaining a steady footing. Mumbling something
+inaudibly, he slunk away, but more than one of the students saw an
+ugly, ominous look on his face as he went.
+
+"I hear all sorts of reports," said Stockley; "tell us the true story,
+somebody."
+
+There was no lack of talkers, and almost as many theories. Few versions
+of the affair agreed in substantials. In the course of the morning all
+sorts of foolish rumors were flying around. One was, that Roy Henning
+had been caught in the act of pocketing the money and had been instantly
+expelled. In confirmation of this, the question was asked: "Where is he?
+No one has seen him since the discovery!" Another busy rumor had it that
+six boys were implicated and had been summarily dismissed.
+
+"Did not the President see six boys off the premises this morning?"
+was advanced as a reason for this wild guess. Robert Jones, the absent
+boy's champion, happened to hear this last stupid remark.
+
+"You set of babbling geese! You lot of old women! Here you go and
+jabber away people's reputations as easily as--Oh! you make me sick!
+Look here, you fellows, those six boys, and Henning among them, are
+out for a day's holiday. I say the President would rather send home
+six dozen dull-heads such as you fellows, than these six. They have
+been given a privilege that you ninnies would never get if you were
+here fifty years. Mark my words! To-morrow morning I shall call upon
+some of you brainless gossips--some of you silly babblers--to repeat
+before them what you have the impudence to say behind their backs."
+
+In this manner Rob Jones did much to keep down the public excitement,
+and to reduce all stupid talk to a minimum. Mr. Shalford, also, had
+put something of a quietus on many senseless and ugly remarks which
+some malicious or thoughtless boys had set afloat. While admitting
+that the loss of the money was to be deplored, he did all in his power
+to exonerate Henning.
+
+"Although the loss is severe," he said, "yet after all no one
+individually suffers much. It is true that, probably, we shall not be
+able this winter to purchase the much-wished-for cage. Well, we have
+never had one yet, and we can wait a little longer. The whole affair
+might have worn a much worse aspect than it does. Suppose it had been
+one of our own boys that had been guilty! I shudder to think of such a
+thing! Now do not spread idle and useless conjectures as facts. We shall
+endeavor strenuously to discover the thief, and until he is discovered
+it were better to make no rash surmises. Especially must we refrain from
+accusing any one of the crime until we have positive proof of his guilt,
+and until he is discovered it were better and safer to make no surmises.
+Some very stupid rumors have already reached me. Pray do not lose all
+credit for common-sense. Let every boy act with moderation and justice.
+No one has a right to constitute himself a judge of his fellows. If any
+well-grounded suspicious circumstance comes to light, I am the one to be
+consulted and no other."
+
+With such sensible remarks, and Rob Jones' generous defense of his
+absent friend, much of the excitement had died down before the return
+of the six excursionists.
+
+When they arrived, wrapped in buffalo robes and hoarse from singing on
+the way, all the boys had assembled in the college theater to hear a
+burnt-cork minstrel entertainment and to listen to the orchestra.
+Supper was prepared for them in the infirmary, and they were told that
+they might occupy beds there "for one night only" if they wished to
+avail themselves of that privilege.
+
+Thus it happened that Roy Henning and his friends met none of the boys
+that night. They had no opportunity of judging the public pulse until
+the next morning. Tired as Henning was from the exercise and the
+strain and excitement of the day, he could not sleep. After tossing
+from one side to the other for an hour he got up, and, throwing a
+blanket around him, sat at the window and began to do the worst
+possible thing under the circumstances. He began to think and brood.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+WHAT HENNING REMEMBERED
+
+
+There was much in Roy Henning's disposition to make him a creature
+of temperament. Had he not been so strong and muscular one would
+sometimes be inclined to imagine that he was possessed of the
+peculiarly feminine accomplishment, yclept "nerves." For the least
+reason, and sometimes apparently for none, he was all exhilaration and
+enthusiasm. On such occasions everything was the brightest of bright
+rose-color, and the failure of a project in hand was not even to be
+dreamed of.
+
+Should anything go ever momentarily wrong in a pet scheme, he became
+the veriest pessimist. All would go wrong; all the world was
+conspiring against him. If it rained at such times, even nature
+herself was in league against him.
+
+While he was to a large extent a creature of temperament, it must not be
+supposed that he had not a high appreciation of manly qualities. None,
+perhaps, at St. Cuthbert's, certainly none of his day, had loftier
+ideals. With these and with his splendid physique he represented as fair
+a type of Catholic early manhood as could be found.
+
+Henning had one peculiar trait, and to this may be traced much of the
+trial and vexation to which he had already been subjected, and much of
+which was to fall to him for the remainder of his time at St.
+Cuthbert's. He remained too much self-centered. This was frequently an
+occasion of trouble to him. An instance: it will be remembered that he
+was told by his director not to tell any one save his parents of his
+intention of entering the ecclesiastical state. He took this advice as
+absolute, and on it molded his conduct, with what inconvenience to
+himself we have already seen.
+
+It is not to be wondered at, then, that he kept his thoughts and his
+fears and troubles arising from the loss of the money to himself. All
+that day, except that first burst of grief, he made no outward
+manifestation of what he was feeling or suffering. Of course he was
+thus depriving himself of the sympathy and help which his friends were
+only too ready to offer. Actuated by the highest of supernatural
+motives, he nevertheless deprived himself in his difficulties of the
+guidance and assistance of a faithful friend. Roy had yet to learn
+that troubles told into sympathizing ears are more than half healed.
+Small wonder then, with this habit of reserve, if the circumstances in
+which he found himself on this holiday night of Christmas week paved
+the way for a very gloomy meditation.
+
+He recalled his early school-days. Why had he been so unlike other boys
+at school and at college? They were always full of self-assertiveness
+and self-reliance; he had always been timid and retiring. Perhaps it was
+the reflection of that timidity he had always felt in the presence of
+his father. Had his college life been a happy one? Unfortunately, for
+the most part, no. Not until last year--one year out of seven--when he
+had the company and full sympathy of such noble characters as Howard
+Hunter, Claude Winters, Harry Selby, Frank Stapleton, and others. With
+such characters as those he could not help being happy. But all these
+had gone; passed out of his life. Oh, if some of them were here now to
+help and show him what to do!
+
+Those dear boys! And oh, that visit to Rosecroft, and that nearly
+fatal accident when he so narrowly escaped being struck by the chute
+boat! There was this consolation, that if the clouds thickened around
+him he would get Ambrose Bracebridge to take him over to Rosecroft
+Manor. There was Mrs. Bracebridge there, who would understand him and
+who could always help and direct and encourage him.
+
+Thinking of her, Roy became more cheerful. I have said that he was a
+creature of temperament. Here it served him in good turn. He began to
+take a brighter view of the trials he knew awaited him on the morrow.
+Was he not entirely innocent? Who would dare to impugn his character?
+He would face all bravely, explain how he discovered the theft, and
+blame himself publicly for his imprudence in keeping so much money
+locked in a common table drawer. Then who would dare to say a word
+against his integrity! All would pass over soon. He would write a full
+account to his father, who would doubtless make good the loss.
+
+"By the way," he suddenly thought, half aloud, "am I responsible? Must
+I make restitution of the lost money?" This was a puzzling question
+which he could not decide. He determined to consult his spiritual
+director the first thing in the morning. But wouldn't he like to catch
+the thief!
+
+This last thought led him to a mental survey of all persons who might
+possibly be guilty. To his credit, he spurned the idea that any one of
+the college boys could be the culprit. No St. Cuthbert boy could do
+such a thing, and if by chance it should happen to be a student, were
+they not all Catholic boys? Would not the first confession the thief
+made result in a full restitution of the ill-gotten goods? He had
+little hope that any such thing would occur, but he had not the
+slightest idea that any college student would prove to be the
+delinquent.
+
+He endeavored to imagine a way the theft could have been accomplished.
+It must have been committed between seven o'clock on Wednesday night
+and six on Thursday morning, when the boys rose. It could not have
+been done later than a minute or two after six, because it was the
+custom of a number of boys who were in training to use the playroom as
+a kind of indoor running-track immediately upon rising and before they
+took their shower bath.
+
+He remembered that the door of the committee-room had been locked by
+himself in the evening just before the play began. It is true that the
+only window of this room was not fastened, but there were iron bars on
+the outside. He remembered now that one of these bars--they were half
+above ground and half in a window well which was covered by an iron
+grating, that one of these bars was loose, for he now recalled the
+fact that yesterday he had seen a boy move one of them with his foot
+as he stood on the grating. Could the thief have gone through the
+window?
+
+Henning suddenly clutched his chair in the greatest excitement. There
+had flashed into his memory an incident which he had witnessed the night
+before, but which until this very moment had not come to his memory.
+
+He remembered now that after the play last night he stood at the
+Philosophy classroom window, and across the yard he had seen a boy
+crouching down at these very bars. He had paid little attention at the
+time, as his mind was full of the _Richelieu_ he had just played. The
+electric light in the yard was so located that it put the boy, the
+window, and one-third of the sidewalk in deep shade. The other part of
+the sidewalk was very bright. He now remembered that when he first saw
+the boy he was in a crouching position. He had not paid much attention,
+and other things occupying his mind, he soon forgot all about it. What
+was that other thought? Ah! now he remembered. It was that wretched
+attempt to spoil the second scene of the play. He now recalled that for
+some time he forgot all about the boy at the grating but when he did
+think of him again he remembered seeing the boy as if he were just
+rising from his knees, which, as he stood, he brushed with his hand. At
+the time the boy received very little attention from Roy, who now
+remembered having vaguely wondered why any one was out in the yard when
+all, except the players, were in the chapel at evening prayers. Chapel
+bell had sounded immediately after the play, so the actors could not
+divest themselves of paint and disguises in time to attend.
+
+Who could that boy have been? Last night Henning was not interested
+enough to find out. To-night he would give a great deal to know. He
+remembered now that the person, whoever he was, wore a black soft felt
+hat, which was pulled down well over his eyes and hid a great portion
+of his face. A soft felt hat would not identify any one. There were
+dozens of them in the yard. Oh, if he could only remember how the boy
+was dressed!
+
+"Great heavens!" he ejaculated aloud in sudden, intense excitement.
+
+He arose and clutched the blanket around him and folded his hands
+across his breast. His face was very white. He trembled. He began to
+pace the floor, muttering as one demented, or at least as one under
+the strongest stress of excitement. Great beads of perspiration stood
+out on his forehead. At one time he thought he was going to faint. He
+had made a discovery, and the discovery sickened him.
+
+The boy he saw at the window grating had worn a blue sweater!
+
+"No, no, no, no!" said Roy to himself many times. "I can't--I won't
+believe it. I must be mistaken. It can not be he! No, no! Yet no one
+else has a sweater of that color!"
+
+By this time he had left his room and was excitedly pacing up and down
+the lengthy corridor. Luckily he was barefooted, or he would have
+disturbed everybody. The more he thought over his discovery the more
+he became convinced of the identity of the burglar. His conviction and
+wretchedness grew in proportion.
+
+"It can not be! It can not be! Impossible! Impossible!" he muttered,
+as he strode up and down. "Andrew is mean in many things, but not a
+common felon! It can not, can not be true!" and he was hoping against
+hope for his family's sake.
+
+Henning was never so excited in his life. For a long time he walked up
+and down on the cocoa-matting. His blanket trailing behind him, often
+caught the leaden binding of one of the strips of matting. This would
+be raised about a foot and fall with a bang; his excitement prevented
+him from noticing the noise he was making.
+
+Not so the old infirmarian, whose room was at the end of the corridor.
+Peering out, he at first thought he saw a ghost. But ghosts do not
+trip on cocoa-matting. He followed the disturber of his repose.
+Henning, still under pressure of strong excitement, walked the whole
+length of the corridor. He turned suddenly to encounter the angry
+infirmarian.
+
+"Oh, it's Henning! What are you doing at this unearthly hour of the
+night, disturbing my sleep?" said the old man in an unusually sharp
+tone for him, for he was generally mild and kindly. The official at
+first thought it was an ordinary case of somnambulism, but he soon
+found Henning to be very wide-awake.
+
+"I've found it--the secret. I've got it," exclaimed Roy in excitement.
+
+"I guess you have--bad," said the old man with grim humor. "Well, if
+you boys will fill yourselves up with rich plum-pudding and cake in
+the daytime, you must expect to suffer at night. There now, get back
+into bed, and don't disturb the whole house with your nonsense."
+
+"Oh, if I were only sure, I would settle the whole thing to-morrow,"
+muttered Roy. It is doubtful if, in his excited condition, he had seen
+the infirmarian at all.
+
+"I'll settle you in the morning if you don't get back to bed at once.
+Get now."
+
+But Roy did not move. He had lapsed into a thoughtful mood. He stood,
+with his chin on his hand, motionless.
+
+"Do you hear me, boy? It's time to stop this Indian ghost-dance
+business. There's no sense in breaking an old man's rest. Get to bed."
+
+The infirmarian was fully persuaded that the whole affair was only a
+practical joke, such as even sick boys, or those, at least, who
+sometimes get passed into the infirmary on the plea of sickness, are
+not always above playing. Seeing that Henning did not move or pay any
+attention to his words, the infirmarian took hold of his shoulders and
+gave him a vigorous shaking. This operation had the effect of bringing
+the distracted boy down to the knowledge of mundane things at once.
+
+"Eh! oh, ah!" he said in a bewildered, sheepish way. "I've made--a
+horrible--discovery!"
+
+"You'll make another very unpleasant one in the morning if you don't
+get into bed at once. Don't cause any more disturbance."
+
+Without another word Henning went back to his room, and softly closed
+the door. He did not get into bed, but continued his ruminations.
+
+"Andrew! Andrew!" he moaned, "I did not think it would come to this!"
+
+He dropped his head on the window-sill and thought for a long, long
+time. It was in some degree a contest between self-interest and family
+pride. It was a long struggle, and the result of these cogitations he
+announced to himself as he threw the blanket from his shoulders across
+the bed. They were comprised in two short sentences:
+
+"I must keep silence! I _will_ keep silence!"
+
+The decision may have been fanciful, or it may have been heroic. We
+shall see later. It led him into complications, the nature of which he
+little dreamed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+FACING THE BOYS
+
+
+When Roy Henning entered the college chapel at half-past six to attend
+Mass, his movements from the time he appeared at the door until he had
+taken his seat were watched by many scores of pairs of curious eyes.
+To even the small boys, who came near the big fellows only in the
+chapel, Roy was an object of deep interest, for by some means the
+reports and rumors of the big yard had seeped through to the small
+division, and the most wonderfully distorted stories had been
+circulated. Henning had been attacked, fought desperately, conquered
+and bound, three men single-handed. He had been captured and carried
+away by burglars (wasn't he absent all day?) to their cave, and gained
+his liberty by the most daring feats of skill and bravery! Young
+imaginations are active, and young tongues more so.
+
+The Philosophers--Henning's class--occupied the front benches in the
+chapel. When Bracebridge and Henning came in they had as yet met no
+boys since the public knowledge of the discovery of the robbery. Roy
+was in some peculiar way quite conscious that his advance along the
+aisle was causing quite a commotion, although its manifestation was
+decorous on the part of the boys, owing to the place in which they
+were gathered, and to their reverence for its divine Guest.
+
+Rob Jones occupied the outer seat of the bench. As the two friends
+were passing him he turned his knees aside for them to do so and took
+Roy's hand and gave it a warm squeeze. The pressure was gratefully
+returned. Roy took heart. Much strengthened by this show of sympathy,
+he determined to meet all inquiries after breakfast and give all the
+information he possessed to any one who should ask.
+
+His regret over the loss was as poignant as when it was first
+discovered, but in some way he now felt that he could face all the
+boys and answer all their questions. He could not have done this the
+day before. Perhaps Jones' unspoken sympathy had given him courage.
+
+As he expected, a large group gathered around him after breakfast.
+
+"How did it all happen?" asked John Stockley, anxious to learn the
+particulars down to the minutest detail.
+
+Henning gave them all the information he possessed. When the
+discussion had died down a little, he said: "As far as I can see, the
+thief must have entered through the window."
+
+"From the yard side, or the garden side?"
+
+"There is but one window, if you remember, in the committee-room, and
+that is on the yard side. All the windows on the garden side are in
+the playroom outside the committee-room."
+
+"That's true, come to think of it," said Stockley; "but could not the
+thief have gone in by the playroom by way of the partition door?"
+
+"I do not think so," answered Roy, "because, you know the door has a
+Yale lock, and I am the only one who has a key to it, except Mr.
+Shalford."
+
+"It is not likely that he robbed the drawer," said Stockley with a
+laugh. "We are all very sorry for you and you have our sympathy."
+
+Stockley looked around, and the others in the group nodded in
+affirmation.
+
+"Thanks. You are very kind. You can not regret this occurrence more
+than I do, especially since I failed to take Bracebridge's advice to
+put the money in a safer place."
+
+"It's lucky that a fellow like you lost that money, and not a poor
+beggar like me," remarked Smithers, who was standing on the outer edge
+of the gathering. Henning looked sharply at the speaker:
+
+"Why?" he asked.
+
+"Simply because a fellow like you who always has plenty of money will
+find no difficulty in replacing that which is gone. Such a thing would
+be impossible for impecunious me," and the speaker turned his empty
+trousers' pockets inside out, and spun around on his heel. A few
+laughed, but the majority were silent, not liking the clownish
+exhibition of bad taste.
+
+Henning was, naturally under the circumstances, in a nervous
+condition. He at once suspected that this Smithers was merely the
+spokesman of many others, and that he was expressing their sentiments
+as to what his line of action should be. Whether he acted judiciously
+or not in this immature stage of developments, we leave to subsequent
+events to determine. He replied, and rather warmly, too:
+
+"I don't know so much about that, Smithers. It may turn out to be the
+misfortune of all, at least of all who contributed. I really do not
+remember whether you gave anything or not. I shall certainly not make
+up the loss unless the President fully convinces me that I am under
+obligation to do so. I am going to see him now. Even should he decide
+against me I do not know whether I shall be able to replace the money."
+
+A faint murmur of surprise and dissatisfaction, Henning was convinced,
+ran through the increasing group, as he, in company with Bracebridge,
+moved away toward the President's office.
+
+The two walked slowly away from the crowd of boys. Bracebridge
+appeared to be thinking deeply. He had something to say, but hesitated
+to say it. Ambrose, with the instincts of a born gentleman, was always
+extremely careful of the feelings of others.
+
+"Roy!"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"You said just now to that cad of a fellow that you did not know----"
+
+"Whether I should be able to repay the money. Yes. What of it?"
+
+"That is a startling statement----"
+
+"Not so very. But in the first place I am not at all sure that I shall
+be held responsible. Look here, Brose----"
+
+They stopped at the foot of the steps leading to the President's room.
+
+"Look here. Supposing there had been a fire, and the money had been
+burned. I should not have been told to restore it, should I?"
+
+"I do not know that you would be held."
+
+"Now if one undertakes to hold money temporarily for others, and takes
+ordinary precautions for safe-keeping, do you think he would be held
+responsible for it if it were stolen?"
+
+"But the safer plan would have been----"
+
+"Am I held to take the safer plan? Of course, I regret that I did not
+take the safer plan, as you suggested, but am I held to have taken the
+safer plan? Wasn't the ordinary precaution sufficient? The door of
+that room was locked, the drawer of the table was locked, and it was
+not generally known that I kept the money there at all."
+
+"You seem to make out a good case for yourself," said Bracebridge
+laughing, "but we will let the President decide the case. It is too
+hard for us. But I did not intend to talk about that."
+
+"What then, old fellow?"
+
+"You told Smithers, for the benefit of the whole yard I take it, that
+you did not know whether you would be able to pay back the money. Now
+I thought----"
+
+But he stopped awkwardly upon seeing the deep blushes suffuse
+Henning's brow. What had he said? Were these blushes of shame or
+vexation? What could possibly be the matter?
+
+"I--I--thought--that--I thought----" he stammered, at a loss how to
+proceed.
+
+"Go on, old man. I know that whatever you would say, you do not intend
+to wound me."
+
+"Thank you, Roy. That's perfectly true. But perhaps I should not have
+broached the subject at all."
+
+"Go on; go on."
+
+"Well, if you insist. I thought that you always had plenty of money.
+From what you say it seems that this is not the case. Now if--if you
+will allow me--if I might--if you would not be offended--if--oh! you
+understand me, Roy," he blurted out at last. "I want to help you pay
+it back."
+
+Henning did not speak: indeed he could not have done so just at that
+moment. There was a very big lump in his throat. He hemmed and coughed
+once or twice, but that only made it worse. Bracebridge saw his
+friend's embarrassment, but did not speak. He took Roy's hand.
+
+"I understand--true friend," said Roy, huskily, "but I can not
+explain."
+
+He was silent for some time. He then said, partly to himself and
+partly aloud--"but I can. Why should I not do so? He is true and
+loyal. My father put no conditions of secrecy on me, or on his
+strange action. Ambrose?"
+
+"Well?"
+
+"Will you listen to me?"
+
+"Of course I'll listen to you."
+
+"Thank you. In order that you may know why I believe I shall not be
+able to pay back that money, I must first tell you of a peculiar thing
+my father has thought fit to impose upon me."
+
+"Go ahead then, but since confidences are in order, let me tell you
+one first, which will make your story easier to tell, more probably.
+Next year you are going to study for the priesthood!"
+
+"How on earth did you learn that?"
+
+"At the Little Sisters' dinner. I was an unintentional eavesdropper,
+and I heard you say to the chaplain, as I was passing with some dish
+or something, these words--'for my own diocese: next year.' Let me
+congratulate you, Roy, on your choice. I have always thought ever
+since I first knew you that you were worthy of that high calling."
+
+"You do surprise me, indeed," said Roy, "but your knowledge does not
+make my story the easier to tell."
+
+Roy Henning then told Ambrose of his desire to enter the seminary, of
+his broaching the subject to his father during the last vacation, and
+of the strange test to which his father had thought fit to subject
+him.
+
+"Now, Ambrose," he said, when he had finished his narration, "you may
+understand my conduct in refusing to play ball this year, on account
+of which so many of the boys seemed so disappointed. I have met with
+so many annoyances since last September that more than once before
+this loss of yesterday I had all but determined to leave old St.
+Cuthbert's, and be quit of it all. I would have done so if it had not
+been for you and Jack and Tom."
+
+"I am sincerely glad you did not."
+
+"Well, I do not know whether I am. But let me go back to my subject.
+You see, that with my father's present peculiar view of things, it is
+by no means certain that he will make good this loss, and if he
+refuses I shall be in a bad pickle."
+
+"Oh, Roy!" said Bracebridge, with a vehemence that was almost passion,
+"let me do it. Let me do it for you. You know my father. You know that
+he has every confidence in me; he is not a crank, and----"
+
+"Stop, Ambrose," said Roy, "I can not allow you, even by implication,
+to speak disrespectfully of my father. That I do not understand his
+motives is true. That it is mighty hard on me is equally true, but he
+is my father."
+
+"There!" said the other in dismay. "I am always putting my foot into
+it. Forgive me. I didn't mean anything; indeed I did not. Oh! Roy, you
+know what I mean. Let me help you out of this. It's as easy as A-B-C,
+you know. No one need know. Pshaw! one would be a poor friend, if,
+when quite able, he should hang back."
+
+"Thanks, dear old fellow. Many thanks. We will see. We will see. If it
+comes to the worst, I won't hesitate to talk to you again about this.
+In the meantime we will drop it for the present."
+
+With this Ambrose had to be content. The two friends then rapped at
+the President's door.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+SUSPICIONS
+
+
+Upon the whole, Roy Henning was well pleased with the manner in which
+the boys had received him. Over-sensitive as he was, he had expected
+that they would either accuse him of complicity, or openly blame him
+for the loss of the money. Taken altogether, they behaved remarkably
+well. The majority had real sympathy for him in the awkward position
+in which he found himself.
+
+With a fine regard for his feelings, no one, after Roy's first
+announcement of his probable incapacity to refund, mentioned openly to
+him the question of restitution. Everybody understood that the
+President had arrived at some decision on this point, but all were in
+the dark as to its nature.
+
+The days passed into weeks. Every effort was made to trace the thief,
+but without success. It became finally the general conclusion that
+some outsider, in no way connected with the college, was the culprit,
+and that he had gotten off safely with his booty. But in the many
+impromptu committees, organized in moments of unusual zeal for the
+purpose of "doing something," the unanswerable difficulty always
+arose--"How could a stranger know there was money in that particular
+room of the dozens in the college?"
+
+The pitcher's cage was not purchased that winter. It was noticed by
+the boys that Andrew Garrett, as far as they could observe, never once
+spoke to his cousin about the loss. Roy, owing to the result of the
+thoughts of the sleepless night he had spent in the infirmary,
+imagined that Garrett had good reasons for keeping clear of him.
+
+He was keenly alive to Garrett's every action, resulting from what he
+believed to be well-grounded suspicions. He did not fail to notice one
+peculiarity on the part of his cousin. Very soon after the robbery
+Garrett discarded the sky-blue sweater which had made him so
+conspicuous a figure in the yard ever since September. Roy confessed
+to himself that he was unable to attach any importance to this.
+
+The theft had been too genuine a sensation at the college for all
+discussion to die out soon. In the course of time the whole yard
+appeared to be divided into two factions or parties. One side was loyal
+and strenuous in upholding Henning, claiming him to be beyond reproach
+and spotless in his integrity. As may be surmised, the leaders of this
+party were Jack Beecham, Tom Shealey, Ambrose Bracebridge, and Rob
+Jones, the first defender of Roy in his absence. These companions knew
+Henning well. They called him "Don Quixote." They teased him often, yet
+they knew that he was the soul of honor. Any one of these would as soon
+suspect himself as cast suspicion on Roy.
+
+The existence of this party was the outgrowth of a popular indignation
+against a few boys who had, in discussing the robbery, persistently
+left the impression that they considered that there was an
+unsatisfactory mystery about it.
+
+Out of kindness to Roy, little--scarcely anything--of what his friends
+heard in the yard reached his ears. When he did not happen to be
+present his friends were by no means backward in denouncing the
+opposition.
+
+Henning asked no questions, even of his friends, yet by a kind of
+unconscious assimilation he became aware of the strong sentiment
+against him, and of the strong resentment of those opposed to him.
+These things he learned more by averted glances and partially
+concealed avoidances than by overt act or speech. He never mentioned
+this to his friends, who thought he did not observe it. No one had
+ever told him of Jones' catlike spring at the throat of Smithers, yet
+Roy learned of it in some way, and while he was filled with gratitude
+toward Jones it only tended to confirm his own opinion that there was
+a large party antagonistic to him.
+
+There was now only a mere speaking acquaintance between Henning and
+Garrett, which, as cousins, they could not avoid. They observed the
+merest civilities.
+
+About the middle of February Henning and his friends were surprised to
+note that Garrett was spending money very freely. He had always
+availed himself of every little luxury that could be purchased within
+the college bounds, but now it seemed that he was more lavish than
+ever. Spring was approaching. Garrett purchased two or three baseball
+bats, a fine shield, mask, catcher's glove, and a number of the best
+baseballs. He evidently paid the highest prices, for upon inquiry it
+was found he had had no communication with the prefect, or with the
+sports' committee who usually secured some discount for cash. Clothes,
+shoes, hats, and ties were also lavishly purchased. What could it all
+mean? To add to the mystery Stockley and that boy Smithers, who had
+turned his pockets inside out in proof of his impecuniosity, were also
+spending considerable money, although a much less amount than Garrett.
+
+All this, of course, strengthened Roy's suspicions. Where did he get
+all the money? And why was he making such a lavish display? Roy was,
+nevertheless, puzzled by the evident fact that while all noticed
+Garrett's free purchasing, no one appeared to suspect him of any
+connection with the lost funds.
+
+Henning could not in conscience mention his suspicions to any one. If
+any one would but broach the subject, then he would talk and take
+advice on what was the best line of action to pursue. His common-sense
+told him that to accuse his cousin publicly on his mere suspicion
+would be worse than useless.
+
+To add to the complications of the situation, within a week or two of
+Garrett's expenditures Roy himself began to spend money freely. Where
+it came from was a mystery which was not cleared up for many a day. He
+expended quite a sum on books, baseball goods, shoes, etc.
+
+It is quite certain that Henning did not realize how large the majority
+was who were in opposition to him. Had he done so he would have acted
+with more discretion, for the time was critical for him. Even some of
+his best friends were sorely put to it to account for his outlay. More
+than one of his staunchest supporters began to waver in their
+allegiance. No one doubted his integrity, but some were not pleased with
+his want of prudence. Before closing this narrative we shall explain
+where this money came from, why Roy bought the particular goods he did,
+and why he bought them at this particular time.
+
+"I wonder how it is," said Smithers, "that Henning has so much money
+to spend just now."
+
+"Don't know I'm sure, but I suppose it is all right," replied
+Stockley.
+
+"But isn't it strange that he who has been so close all the year
+should change and be lavish so suddenly?"
+
+"Oh, come off! that's an innuendo! Give the fellow a show. You are
+hinting that it is the subscription money he is now spending, and
+that, consequently, he was the thief."
+
+"Oh, say, don't put it that strong!" said Smithers uneasily.
+
+"But that's what you mean, all the same. I don't like him, but to do
+him justice, I don't think--I'm sure--he had any hand in getting away
+with that money."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"Oh, because--because I don't believe he had, that's all."
+
+"But that's no proof."
+
+"Didn't say it was. I said it was my belief."
+
+Just at that moment Bracebridge and Garrett joined the speakers.
+
+"Look here, Bracebridge," said Smithers, "Stockley says that he
+doesn't believe that Henning had anything to do with taking that
+money."
+
+"I'm sick of all this talk," said Ambrose angrily; "just as if any one
+who knew Henning at all could entertain such a thought for a moment!"
+
+"But why is he spending so much just now?" insinuated Smithers.
+
+"I don't know, and I don't care. It's none of our business anyway."
+
+But he did care. He was very uneasy. He remembered what Roy had told
+him of his home affairs. He was sorely puzzled, yet his loyalty did
+not waver.
+
+"For my part," said Garrett, "although Henning is my relative and I am
+therefore naturally concerned in all that he does, I can not help
+thinking that his action is a little unfortunate."
+
+"For your part," retorted Ambrose, "and for your own credit, you had
+better say as little as you can."
+
+"For my part I shall say what I choose, and to whom I choose."
+
+"Then do not choose to say it to me, for I won't hear it," and Ambrose
+walked away, very angry.
+
+"Humph! the great mogul is getting quite huffy," remarked Smithers.
+"Well, never mind, Garrett, for although Henning is your cousin you
+are not to blame if he falls under suspicion."
+
+In his heart Garrett knew Henning was innocent. But he did not like
+him. He was jealous of him. He saw in him qualities of mind and heart
+which he knew he himself did not possess, and, as is the case with all
+small natures, he was jealous. He had neither the wish nor the courage
+to state his belief in Roy's innocence.
+
+On the other hand Garrett despised Smithers. The boy was poor. Every
+one knew that. But poverty is no disgrace, and never at St. Cuthbert's
+has it been a subject of reproach. There are some natures which become
+vicious because of their poverty. Smithers was one of these. He was
+one of those who, in season and out of season, was forever reiterating
+what he called his suspicions. This was the more base, because, had
+there been any foundation for them, gratitude should have compelled
+him to remain silent. On more than one--on many an occasion--Henning
+had quietly and unostentatiously helped this boy out of little
+financial difficulties, such as paying his library fees and fines,
+securing for him tennis shoes, and little things of that kind.
+
+Garrett had just heard all this for the first time, and the better
+side of his nature at that moment, notwithstanding his strange remark
+to Bracebridge, was in the ascendant. Secretly he was ashamed of his
+comradeship with Smithers, who was perhaps one of the most undesirable
+boys at St. Cuthbert's.
+
+"Shock" Smithers--so named on account of the permanently untidy
+condition of his hair--was, therefore, very much surprised indeed at
+what he next heard from Garrett.
+
+"Of course," Garrett began, "as you speak with so much certainty about
+my cousin, you have positive proof of his guilt?"
+
+Smithers began to laugh. He thought that a good joke.
+
+"I see no laughing matter. I ask you a plain question. You have proof
+of Henning's guilt--which for some reason you are withholding?"
+
+"Not--not exactly proof, you know, but, eh--but you know, eh--you know
+as well as I do how suspicion points to him."
+
+"Then you make all this to-do on mere suspicion?"
+
+"Of course. We have nothing more than suspicions, have we?"
+
+"Yes, certainly. You must have more than suspicion when you state
+publicly that Roy deserves to be in State's prison."
+
+"I--I did not say that. I--"
+
+"Yes, you did. I heard you myself, and on that I largely based my own
+judgment. Don't lie."
+
+"I did not say that definitely, you know. I said that if what is said
+about him is true he ought to be there, Andy."
+
+"You are a liar! I myself heard you say it, and what is more, I have
+only just now heard how Roy has been treating you ever since
+September, giving you books, money, and buying things for you. You're
+a skunk! that's what you are."
+
+Garrett walked away. Smithers was left in no enviable frame of mind.
+The principal part of his chagrin arose, not from the fact that he had
+been mean and cowardly, but that it had been discovered that he had
+received assistance from any one, and especially from Roy Henning.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+ROY MAKES A MOVE
+
+
+Roy Henning gave much anxious consideration to the ugly tangle in
+which he found himself involved. He sincerely, but unavailingly,
+regretted that he had allowed himself to become the treasurer.
+Perhaps, he thought, if he had followed the letter of his father's
+wishes this unfortunate business would never have happened.
+
+The more he thought over what he remembered to have seen on the night
+of the play the more convinced he became of the guilt of one who would
+be the very last he could wish to be implicated.
+
+At times he doubted and wavered in his convictions. Was he absolutely
+sure that it was his cousin whom he had seen that night? Could it not
+have been some one else? There was no one else in the yard who wore a
+blue sweater. He was sure he had seen this on the boy who had entered
+the window. Yet was he absolutely sure that it was Andrew? When he put
+this question to himself and demanded an answer, he always gave it
+unhesitatingly in the affirmative. Yet, strange to say, at other times
+he doubted the accuracy of his conclusions. Might he not be mistaken
+after all? There was a possibility. The figure was in the glare of the
+arc light so short a time, and in the shadow so much longer. Was it
+not possible that he was mistaken after all?
+
+The size of the boy certainly corresponded with his cousin's build and
+height, but, after all, most boys of about the same age resemble
+each other in build. Oh, if it had not been for that soft hat pulled
+down over the face! Could he have obtained but one glance at the face
+in the strong electric light there would be no hesitating. But this
+the thief took precautions against. The leaf of the hat was drawn well
+over the nose, making it impossible to see the face.
+
+There was no question about the blue sweater being there. The short
+black coat which Garrett usually wore over the sweater was there
+too. Was there a sufficient motive on the part of Andrew to commit
+such a crime? On this point the boy was much puzzled. Garrett, he
+knew, had plenty of money. There could be no pecuniary inducement to
+commit the crime. Ha, perhaps there was an inducement after all.
+Before Christmas had it not been an open secret that several boys
+had lost heavily--heavily for boys at school--on some foolish
+betting? Mr. Shalford had heard of this foolishness, found out a few
+of the bets, and forced the winners to return the money. He had
+broken up, apparently, the habit which periodically becomes a
+temporary mania with a certain class of boys. Perhaps Garrett had
+lost a bet and wanted money!
+
+Henning could not believe that any personal pique against himself
+would be a sufficient inducement for his cousin to go to such lengths
+to gratify it. Felony is high payment for the gratification of spite.
+That threat of "getting even," which Garrett had used against him last
+summer, Roy believed to be the expression of a momentary vexation. It
+is certain he did not connect it with anything so serious as this
+robbery. Long ago he had forgotten it, and he supposed Andrew had done
+so too.
+
+What then, supposing it were he who had committed the crime, could
+have been Garrett's motive? Roy could not fathom the difficulty. He
+had to leave it unsolved. He saw there was no proportion between
+Garrett's little pique and the enormity of this deed, which would
+forever brand the perpetrator as belonging to the criminal class.
+Surely Andrew had more sense than to do such a thing; and yet!
+
+"Why, oh! why did I," said Roy to himself, "go mooning about and
+looking out of that window after the play that night! Why didn't I go
+to bed at once, like the rest? Then I would never have been haunted
+with this memory. I am going to get this thing settled, and that soon.
+I'll see Garrett privately if I can, publicly if I must. I will make
+him exonerate me from all suspicion. I can not imagine how any
+suspicion became attached to me. He would hardly dare to set it
+afloat. This thing has to come to an end, and that at once."
+
+These tormenting thoughts came to his mind one Sunday afternoon in
+early spring. Everything out of doors spoke of joy and cheerfulness.
+The trees had burst their buds, and the winter bareness of landscape
+had been once more turned into a thing of beauty. No trees were as yet
+in full leaf, but there was a delicate pale-green tracery on bough and
+twig, a sign of life and luxurious beauty later on, and full of the
+beauty of promise now. Beneath the feet the young grass was rich and
+soft, while here and there were seen the first white flowers in the
+vocal hedgerows.
+
+Full of thoughts by no means attuned to the happy season, or in
+keeping with the loveliness of the day, Roy started out to find his
+cousin. He was just in the mood to "have it out" with him. He had
+worked himself up to a pitch of resolution, in which was blended no
+little anger at the injustice of his position. He was determined to
+have the wretched affair settled at once and forever. He was morally
+certain that no one save himself knew of his cousin's supposed
+delinquency, because, he argued and probably correctly, if any one
+else had known it, it would have been divulged long ago.
+
+Searching the yard, study-hall, and gymnasium, as well as the large
+reading-room and playroom, he could find no trace of Garrett.
+
+"He is out walking, I suppose. Oh, well! I'll catch him before supper
+and see what he has to say for himself."
+
+Henning did not care to have his friends, Jack and Ambrose, with him
+just now. He wanted to be alone to think over the situation. With this
+object in view he went toward the college walk, a beautiful winding
+path, overshadowed by fine old elms, beeches, and oaks. Here and there
+along this half-mile of graveled way rustic seats had been placed for
+the convenience of the students. The path was irregularly circular. In
+the center the ground was much lower and was thickly covered with fine
+trees, whose tops in many instances barely reached the level of the
+footpath. On the outer side of the walk the ground rose and the slope
+was covered with noble forest trees.
+
+The softness of the spring verdure, the sweet caress of the warm air,
+the repose of this charming spot, and its complete sequestration from
+the perennial noise and bustle of the yards and ballfields, tended to
+soothe the irritated feelings of our friend. He went to the farthest
+limit of the walk without meeting a single friend. There he sat down
+on a bench to rest. In a few minutes he heard approaching footsteps on
+the gravel. Determined to let the intruder upon his thoughts pass on
+unnoticed, he did not raise his head from his hands as the walker
+approached.
+
+"Good afternoon, Roy."
+
+Henning looked up and saw--Garrett. He was surprised by the way his
+cousin addressed him, for, never since the first week of the
+school year had the cousins used any other form of address than their
+surnames.
+
+"Oh! Good afternoon."
+
+"Fine weather for early spring."
+
+"Yes."
+
+Roy saw that, by his manner, Garrett had something to say, but he
+wanted just then to have the saying. At all events he was determined
+to say the first word of consequence.
+
+"I wonder you are willing to talk with me--are not afraid of being
+seen talking with me."
+
+"I don't see why you should----"
+
+Henning interrupted. He was quite ill-tempered this afternoon, and
+this was quite unusual with him.
+
+"No, you don't see why," he said. "You haven't been the cause of my
+being suspected of that wretched thieving, have you! You are not hand
+and glove with those fellows who would stop at nothing if they could
+injure me."
+
+"I must admit," said the other, "I have heard a great deal some of
+them say."
+
+"And of course believe it all, or pretend to."
+
+"Pretend to! What do you mean?"
+
+"I mean that before them you pretended to believe me guilty. Knowing
+what you know, it must have been all a pretence."
+
+"Knowing what I know! What do you mean?"
+
+"You know very well, indeed, what I mean."
+
+"I do not."
+
+"Yes, you do; you are only pretending now. Your action now is of a
+piece with your whole conduct ever since December 28, when the money
+was taken."
+
+"Roy Henning! what on earth do you mean? You are either crazy, or
+laboring under some great mistake."
+
+Garrett saw with alarm the trend of Henning's remarks. Was his cousin
+going to charge him with the theft? He was very well aware that Roy's
+charge, if he should make one, would receive much more credence in the
+yard than would any counter-charge against Roy. He became quite
+alarmed, for he was quick enough to see some very unpleasant
+consequences. His look of alarm tended to confirm Roy in his
+suspicions.
+
+"No wonder you look frightened, cousin--dear cousin--loving cousin,"
+said Henning sarcastically. He had a long time suffered greatly from
+innuendo and unfriendliness, but we must do Roy the justice to say
+that such a manner of speech was uncommon with him. Just at this
+moment he was nervous and over-irritable and had not complete control
+of himself or of his words.
+
+"No wonder you look frightened," he continued, "now that the tables
+are beginning to turn. I have borne suspicion and averted looks from
+the boys long enough. You have to bring about a change. You can do
+it."
+
+"And how, pray?" Garrett was getting angry.
+
+"You know how very well. One word from you would clear me.
+And--you--have--got--to say it!"
+
+"It seems to me that you are taking leave of your senses. How on earth
+will one word of mine clear you? The only way that could be done, it
+seems to me, would be to incriminate myself, and as to that--no, I
+thank you."
+
+"I care not one red cent whether you incriminate yourself or not. You
+must clear me--do you hear?"
+
+"I would like to know how, and, moreover, I would like to see you make
+me."
+
+"I can not--that is, I will not make you--but not for your own sake."
+
+Henning remembered the promise he had made to himself of silence on
+the night he had spent in the infirmary. On the other hand Garrett was
+becoming very much afraid of his cousin. He had never seen him so
+excited or determined before. What did Roy know? What could he tell to
+harm him? He knew that his record with the faculty, and with the boys
+too, was not an enviable one. Whatever Roy would do he would
+undoubtedly be believed, and he realized that he would have hard work
+to disprove any allegations Roy might make.
+
+"You speak correctly when you say you can not," Andrew retorted.
+
+"I do not! I can make you if I will. For other reasons I do not wish
+it. You must do it without compulsion."
+
+"Do what?"
+
+"Clear me. Clear me of all suspicion."
+
+"It seems to me that in the present state of the boys' minds that would
+be impossible. In saying what I have said about you, Roy, I have only
+followed the lead of others. Things have been hinted so often that at
+last I began to believe some of them--at least partly believe them."
+
+"You coward!" said Henning, now thoroughly angry. Both boys rose from
+the bench simultaneously and faced each other. By a singular chance
+each had his hands in his pockets. It appeared for an instant that
+they were coming to blows. So strained was the situation, that if
+either had at that moment taken his hand from his pocket it would have
+been a signal for a fight. Henning's face was white with anger.
+Garrett's was red with apprehension and vexation.
+
+"You are a coward," repeated Henning; "you know a great deal about
+this affair."
+
+Garrett thought best to deny all knowledge.
+
+"I do not."
+
+"Indeed! and I suppose you know nothing of the loosened bars of the
+window of the committee-room?"
+
+"No."
+
+"I thought not. And I suppose you know nothing of the boy who was seen
+to have gone through that window on the night of the play?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Oh, no! Of course not. I suppose, too, there are half a dozen boys
+who sport sky-blue sweaters to make themselves conspicuous."
+
+Henning waited a moment and Garrett said:
+
+"It is no one's concern but my own what I wear."
+
+"Well, my dear, affectionate cousin, that blue sweater was seen--seen,
+mind--that night to go through that window and come out again."
+
+Garrett started violently. Henning took the motion for an admission of
+guilt, but Garrett had no intention of making such acknowledgment.
+Indeed he became as angry as Henning was.
+
+"Whether I am guilty or not, a question I absolutely decline to
+discuss, do you think, you jackanapes, that I would admit it to you?
+Not if I know myself. Do you think I am going to swallow whole a story
+like that? You must think I am dreadfully green, or dreadfully afraid
+of you. If you have evidence, bring it forward. That you can, and will
+not, is to me, permit me to say, all buncombe. Bah! You weary me! Do
+what you can and what you dare!"
+
+Snapping his fingers with a show of righteous indignation, Garrett
+walked away. If the boy were guilty, if it were he who was seen to
+enter the room through that window on the night of the theft, he now
+acquitted himself of a splendid piece of acting. If he were innocent,
+then his indignation were natural. Henning would then have to
+acknowledge that he had done him a gross injustice. But Roy was firmly
+convinced that his cousin had brazened the thing out. He regretted
+that he had let him know that he would not compel him to make an
+acknowledgment of his guilt. Roy had never expected that he would do
+so. All he required from his cousin was that he would speak in his
+favor and make an effort to turn the tide of opinion, trusting in his
+friends for the rest.
+
+When Andrew Garrett moved away Roy's first impulse was to follow him
+and compel a confession. Suddenly the thought came to him that perhaps
+he had blundered. Under the new and annoying impression he stood
+motionless until Garrett had disappeared along the winding walk. Once
+more, as his anger left him, he sat down and, head in hands, meditated
+on the ugly position in which he found himself, made worse than before
+if he had blundered.
+
+He began now to have doubts regarding the identity of the thief. Was
+it not just possible that some other person possessed a blue sweater
+as well as his cousin? Could he have been mistaken, after all? The
+window from which he saw the thief was a hundred yards away. Could he,
+after all, positively identify a person at that distance at night? Was
+he not too much excited after the successful _Richelieu_ performance
+to be in a condition to be certain? He had taken only a casual glance
+at the figure, and it was more than twenty-four hours afterward that
+he had remembered the boy wore the fatal blue sweater, which he now
+began to realize was the one and only means of identifying his cousin.
+Garrett must have some good grounds for his steady and persistent
+denials; yet that he should deny was not surprising to Roy for he knew
+his cousin fairly well.
+
+The young man would have remained long in his unpleasant and
+disturbing meditations had he not heard some one approaching, and
+singing some ridiculous parody which had recently "caught" the yard,
+having been cleverly introduced into a recent debate on the relative
+importance of the Hibernians and the Anglo-Saxons in this country. It
+ran:
+
+ "There came to the beach a poor exile of Erin,
+ The dew on his thin robe was beany and chill--
+ Ere the ship that had brought him had passed out of hearin',
+ He was Alderman Mike, introducing a bill."
+
+It was Jack Beecham's happy voice, and his merry laugh echoed through
+the trees. At that moment, as he turned a bend in the walk, he caught
+sight of Roy.
+
+"Shame on the false Etruscan who lingers in his home," he shouted.
+"Come on, Roy; Tom Shealey and myself are going for a good long tramp
+in the woods. Why, man, you look as doleful as a November day. What's
+up? Come on; a good walk will drive the blues away."
+
+The two friends took Henning for a good long tramp, which is the most
+satisfactory curative process for driving away depression of spirits,
+settling one's nerves, and banishing ill-temper.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+GARRETT IS ANGRY
+
+
+When Andrew left his cousin on the college walk he was in a very angry
+mood. He was quite sure that Henning did not know whether he was
+guilty or not, and he was satisfied that he had so guarded his words
+in his unexpected interview that Roy would not be able to take
+anything he had said as an admission of guilt. As soon as he
+discovered the drift of his cousin's remarks he made up his mind that
+he would not be betrayed into any speech that afterward might be used
+against him.
+
+He had actually started out, as Henning had done, to find his cousin
+to talk with him. It will be remembered that he had used a very
+conciliatory tone, and spoke to his relative by his Christian name. He
+was acting at the moment under one of the few good impulses that came
+to him at that period of his life. But all this was most unfortunately
+frustrated by Henning's miserable ill-humor of the moment.
+
+Returning to the yard after this stormy interview, he met the two
+boys, who, unfortunately, exercised the worst influence over him of
+any boys in the school, Smithers and Stockley. Nothing could have been
+more inopportune than their presence just when he was sore in spirit
+and angry. He was sore and more or less ashamed at the part he had
+played in regard to his cousin's reputation. He was not always without
+touches of compunction on this subject. He was angry, too, because of
+the recent interview. He knew that on account of this very anger he
+would very likely do more injury to Henning. His mind was in that
+state that made it ripe for any mischief these two worthies might
+suggest.
+
+"We have been looking for you, Garrett. Where have you been?" said
+Smithers.
+
+"Along the walk."
+
+"Some one in the yard said you had gone hobnobbing with your
+respectable relative," remarked Stockley.
+
+"I was talking with him for a while, but not hobnobbing, as you call
+it."
+
+"What had he to say?" asked Smithers. There was an ugly, vindictive
+leer on Smithers' face which Garrett never liked and which in his
+better moments he detested. He really despised him, and all his life
+he had never associated with this class of boy. Not being in very good
+humor, he said:
+
+"He had no compliments for you, at any rate."
+
+"Didn't expect he had. It's not very likely that one hanging over a
+precipice with regard to his reputation, as he is, would have any
+compliments for any one. But what did he say, anyway?"
+
+"Oh, nothing!" answered Garrett. "I find that he is more fully aware
+of the suspicions against him than I imagined. He is pretty sore under
+them, I can tell you."
+
+Smithers' eyes glittered with satisfaction. By a strange perversion he
+was pleased that Henning was suffering. Why? The answer is difficult.
+Because, perhaps, Henning had done him many a good turn. In time of
+necessity he was glad enough to receive assistance. When better times
+came for him, he promptly forgot. He lacked gratitude. He was only one
+more exemplification of the old adage: "If you want to lose a friend,
+lend him money, and if you want to gain an enemy put some one under
+great obligations to you."
+
+"Sore, is he? I can make him sorer still. Have you heard what has been
+found?" asked Smithers, looking first at Stockley and then at Garrett.
+
+Had the latter been a little more observant he would have noticed
+Smithers' eyelids twitch in an unmistakably nervous way, and his
+fingers open and close spasmodically.
+
+"No, I have not. Not the stolen money, I suppose," laughed Garrett
+mirthlessly.
+
+"Not much," said Smithers, "that's not likely to be found. I guess
+that's gone for good."
+
+"What then?"
+
+"A piece of writing!"
+
+"Whose?"
+
+"Henning's."
+
+"Of what nature? What has it to do with the suspicion in the yard?"
+
+"It has a good deal to do with it."
+
+"Well, out with it, if you have anything to tell. I'm tired of this
+dallying. What's up?"
+
+Garrett, still out of temper, was quite testy. It can be seen that he
+had very little respect for these boys. He made no pretense of
+choosing his words with them.
+
+Smithers, nothing daunted by the surly manner in which he had been
+addressed, after more or less fumbling, drew from the inside pocket of
+his coat a crumpled sheet of letter-paper. It bore the college printed
+address on the top, and was dated December 23.
+
+"Whose writing is that, do you think?" asked Smithers.
+
+"I don't know. Let me look at it. Yes, I do though! It's my cousin's!
+What does he say?"
+
+He straightened out the creases and read the letter hurriedly.
+
+"Phew! by all that's great, this is a stunner!" said Garrett.
+
+The other two boys exchanged glances of satisfaction. Smithers'
+eyelids twitched more than ever.
+
+"Where did you get this from?"
+
+"No matter where it came from," answered Stockley; "it's just what we
+want to settle this business. It has been hanging fire long enough. It
+ought to be settled for everybody's sake. I think this will do it."
+
+Garrett did not like his cousin, and hitherto had not been above doing
+him a bad turn occasionally. He was recognized, more or less, as the
+mouthpiece of those opposed to Roy. To do Andrew justice it must be
+admitted that he never quite realized what injury he was doing his
+cousin. A full realization of the injustice of his course was not to
+come to him for a long time, but now, since this interview, he was
+very uneasy. If Henning was determined to act on the offensive, he
+must prepare to defend himself. Here was a piece of paper, luckily
+thrown in his way, with which he could divert suspicion from himself
+should his cousin be goaded into retaliating. He knew enough of Roy's
+character to realize that he would have his hands full, if that
+individual decided to take the initiative in the tangle.
+
+But what of the "find" of Smithers? What important piece of
+information did it contain which was evidently so detrimental to
+Henning as to draw the sudden exclamation of surprise from Garrett's
+lips? It was not a complete letter, but merely a first draft. It ran
+as follows: "My dear friend."
+
+The word "friend" had been marked through and "chum" inserted
+instead.
+
+"Your letter rec'd last Monday. Sorry to say that ... have no money
+now ... so can't possibly do the thing you wish ... awfully sorry ...
+feel like stealing the money rather than letting this thing go undone.
+However, wait till the end of Christmas week. It won't be too late
+then. Something's going to happen before that! Then we can go into
+partnership--at least for the merit of the thing. Keep everything
+dark. Don't say a single word to anybody about it. Mind now, chum,
+everything must be kept a secret, or--smash. Yours, Roy H."
+
+The missive, or first copy of one, looked mysterious enough. To these
+boys into whose possession it had by some means fallen, it had a
+decidedly dark-lantern appearance. To their minds, in view of what had
+happened near the end of the Christmas week, the words seemed to have
+a peculiarly sinister meaning in proportion to each one's prejudice.
+
+Was the sketch of the proposed letter genuine? There was no doubt as
+to that in Garrett's mind. Everybody knew Henning's writing. Without
+hesitation Garrett pronounced it genuine.
+
+But what could the letter mean? Had his cousin deliberately planned
+the robbery? Smithers believed, or said he believed, this to be the
+case. Garrett knew better. In spite of this letter he knew that was
+too absurd a notion to entertain. He was, nevertheless, shrewd enough
+to see the value of this crumpled note as a weapon of defense for
+himself.
+
+He deliberately put it into his pocket.
+
+"Hold on there, Garrett!" exclaimed Smithers, "that note belongs to
+me."
+
+"Excuse me," replied Andrew, "but I believe it belongs strictly to Roy
+Henning."
+
+"No, it doesn't. It's my property. I risked--I mean I discovered it,
+and it's mine."
+
+"I beg your pardon, but for the present you may consider it my
+property. There may be further risk, you know, for you. It will be
+quite safe, I assure you, in my keeping."
+
+"Well, I'll be hanged!" exclaimed the dismayed Smithers.
+
+"Shouldn't wonder in the least--some day," replied Garret
+imperturbably.
+
+"But it's mine!"
+
+"Beg to differ with you. It never was yours. It is mine now, at least
+for a time. I haven't decided yet what to do with it--whether to tear
+it up, or restore it to its rightful owner."
+
+He intended to do neither one nor the other. He had formed his plan,
+but he had not the slightest intention of taking either Stockley or
+Smithers into his confidence. The latter was very angry at the loss of
+the letter, but he knew very well that he could not get it back until
+Garrett pleased to return it. His ill-humor was not lessened when
+Garrett said as he walked away:
+
+"By the way, I should recommend you to say nothing about this
+so-called 'find' of yours, you fellows, for I am strongly under the
+impression that it is bogus, and besides, it might be difficult to
+convince people you came by it honestly."
+
+Smithers' eyelids exhibited that nervous twitching more rapidly than
+ever.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+A TALK
+
+
+Shealey and Beecham captured Roy Henning and took him for a long
+stroll through the woods that Sunday afternoon. He, in the keen
+enjoyment of witnessing nature once again awake from its long winter
+slumber, for a time forgot his annoyances, and was the merriest of the
+three. The time passed as only a bright holiday can pass with the
+light-hearted.
+
+Now there was a hunt for the nimble squirrel, which always got safely
+away. Anon there was a plunge into the thickest coppice for spring
+flowers. From these dense undergrowths the three more than once
+emerged minus the treasures they sought, and plus a number of
+scratches on hands and face, and with not a little damage to Sunday
+suits. In the sunny spots they found the first delicate fern fronds.
+In one particularly romantic spot they found a number of beautiful
+fungi. Jack Beecham dexterously made a little birch-bark box, which he
+filled with soft green moss, carefully placing his treasures therein.
+In their journey they were lucky enough to come across some morels,
+and one or two of those vegetable curiosities, the earth-star. With
+these boys a ramble into the country was much more than so many steps
+taken to a certain spot, and so many back again. Their studies had
+sharpened their powers of outdoor observation, so that a walk was an
+intellectual exercise as well as a physical one.
+
+Many times during that afternoon Roy recalled the interview with his
+cousin a few minutes before starting, but with a certain determination
+he put the matter from his mind for the present, intent on giving
+himself entirely to the enjoyment of the beauties of nature on an
+ideal spring day, and to the pleasant companionship of two very
+delightful fellow-students. For a time he forgot all about Garrett.
+
+When the journey was near its end; when the tired and healthy, hungry
+three were once more nearing the college grounds, the thoughts of what
+he had said and done with regard to his cousin, and that same cousin's
+noncommittal responses, once more filled Roy's mind and made him
+thoughtful and reserved again.
+
+"There you are!" scolded Jack Beecham; "I do declare, Roy, you ought
+to live in the woods altogether. As soon as you come near home you at
+once put on a long face, turn down the corners of your mouth, and look
+as sour as--as vinegar and water."
+
+"Yes," added Tom Shealey, "I'm going to call you in future Old
+Glum--that's the only name that suits you now. What on earth is the
+use of being so sober and somber about things?"
+
+"Just at present," answered Roy, "I do not think I have anything to
+make me unusually cheerful; nothing certainly that would make me dance
+and sing with joy."
+
+"Afraid of your semi-annual exam?" asked Beecham.
+
+"No. That examination does not bother me. The Little Go, as our
+English cousins call it, will, I believe, be somewhat of a picnic for
+me."
+
+"That's what you think," said Jack, "but we don't all think that way,
+do we, Tom?"
+
+"Indeed, no," answered Tom Shealey grimly. The half-yearly had certain
+terrors for poor Tom. He had not shone with particular brilliancy in
+the examination in minor logic. He assured his friends that the
+examiners were unanimous that he had not shown any remarkable
+scintillations of genius in his mathematical trial, and the least said
+about the opinion entertained of him by his professor in geology and
+astronomy, the better for Tom's reputation as a hard student.
+
+"Well, then, Roy," asked Beecham, "if you are not afraid of the semi,
+why do you look so gloomy?"
+
+"I wish most heartily, Jack, that something would turn up to settle
+that wretched robbery business. At all events, one great load is off
+my mind. Yesterday I received a letter from my father. I think I have
+already told you that he is a pretty stern man. Well, he's all right.
+He wrote that he had the fullest confidence in me in this money
+business."
+
+"Whoopla!" shouted Shealey, "good for the old gentleman. Whoop! Don't
+you know, old fellow, I was terribly afraid for you from that quarter.
+He's a brick!"
+
+"He tells me that every effort should be made to discover the culprit.
+He even said he was willing to bear a good share of the expense of
+securing a detective and so forth, considering that his son was the
+one who had the management of the funds."
+
+"What's the matter with Henning pere?" shouted Shealey the
+irrepressible.
+
+"Wait, Tom. He wrote more. He is willing to send me a check for the
+seventy-two dollars, if by paying it back into the fund I do not
+compromise myself."
+
+"How? What does he mean?" asked Beecham.
+
+"This way, I suppose. If I pay it back I shall be considered by some
+to have--to speak plainly--to have taken it myself, or to have had
+some knowledge of the guilty party, and, consequently, to have
+connived at it."
+
+"Does any living soul in his sound senses, you Don Quixote," exclaimed
+Beecham, with an earnestness curiously resembling anger, "for an
+infinitesimal moment imagine you knew anything of it!"
+
+The generous tone of voice, the absolute confidence it displayed, was
+grateful and soothing to the worried boy. His suspicions of his own
+cousin, which were not dissipated by that afternoon's encounter, was
+the difficulty with him now. The letter of his father said: "to have
+any knowledge of the guilty party." Of course, conniving was out of
+the question. But Garrett! What to think of that which he saw on the
+night of the play! Could he have been mistaken? Oh, if Garrett that
+afternoon had only openly denied all knowledge of it, how happy Roy
+would be now! Under his present knowledge, however, he felt he could
+not accept the money from his father. Under a full conviction of his
+cousin's guilt he had made that strange promise of silence, and this
+he was determined to keep, let come what might. Thus his quandary,
+which arose on his part from a certain sense of honor, for he would
+not act upon a mere suspicion, and he also earnestly desired to save a
+relative the shame of being accused.
+
+"No, I really believe," said Henning, in answer to Beecham's indignant
+question, "I really believe that even those boys who profess to
+suspect me do not believe what they say. I do not believe there is a
+boy in the yard, nor a single member of the faculty, who has the least
+real suspicion that I know anything about the theft."
+
+"I guess not," said Jack, and then added, "well, then, it's settled,
+isn't it?"
+
+"Unfortunately, no. There is something in this affair, which, until
+the robber is caught and the whole question disposed of forever, I can
+not mention; yet it is important enough for me to be prevented in
+honor from writing for that money."
+
+Jack Beecham and Tom Shealey looked at each other in blank surprise.
+They then indulged in a long stare--not a mere look or glance, but a
+long, open stare--at Roy. Under the two pairs of very wide-open eyes
+he remained as inscrutable as a sphinx. There was not a movement of
+eyes or lips which could give them the slightest clue by which they
+might arrive at some understanding of the strange announcement.
+
+"You don't mean to say," said Shealey, with eyes still wide open,
+"that, after all, you are in some way impli--oh! hang it all, I'm
+talking nonsense now!"
+
+Roy Henning burst out laughing. Notwithstanding his worry he enjoyed
+his friends' bewilderment.
+
+"I guess you are," he said.
+
+"Look here, Mr. Roy Aloysius Henning," said Jack Beecham, "I consider
+you the most inexplicable, inexorable, incomprehensible creature on
+the face of the footstool. Now look here! No humbug, you know--we,
+your friends, I, Tom, and Brose, for here he comes--demand from you an
+explanation right here and now. You must tell us the whole affair."
+
+"No."
+
+"Yes."
+
+"No. I can not do it."
+
+"If you don't do it, I'll----" Jack stopped dismayed. He saw that Roy
+was firm. "I'll fling some more big names at you."
+
+"Can't help it, Jackie. I guess I can stand 'em."
+
+"But this thing's got to be straightened out!"
+
+"If so, it has to be done without my taking any part in the
+straightening--see?"
+
+"But, man alive! You are the most interested! If you know anything of
+importance, why not inform your friends, and let us ferret out the
+truth or falsity of your surmises?"
+
+"No. It can not be done. If I am to be exonerated from these very
+unjust and, I confess, very annoying aspersions, it must be done
+gratuitously and of the free will of the person or persons malignant
+enough to start the rumors. Do you not see, my friends, that if you
+began to move in order to exonerate me, everybody would consider you
+as acting as my agents and under my direction----"
+
+"Quixotic nonsense----" began Beecham.
+
+"Wait, Jack. This is the penalty you pay for your friendship. I will
+tell you this much, in gratitude for your interest and loyalty. I have
+made a solemn pledge to keep absolutely silent with respect to any
+suspicions I may have until the whole is settled and cleared up."
+
+"But you in the meantime are suffering!" said Jack.
+
+"Can't help it. Better suffer than be unjust. Better bear a little,
+than perhaps do another an almost irreparable injury."
+
+His friends began to have some glimmerings of the reasons why he would
+not move or be moved. All of them were aware of his delicacy of
+conscience. They knew of his high sense of honor, of his exactitude,
+which amounted in their eyes to scrupulosity. It was, therefore, with
+no small amount of admiration, which, however, they disguised under
+much banter and teasing, that they acquiesced in Henning's view of his
+own conduct in the matter.
+
+"Roy, you're a chump!" said Shealey.
+
+"Yes, and a gump!" added Jack Beecham.
+
+"And my quota of abuse is," said Bracebridge, who by this time
+understood the drift of the talk, "is that you are a--what shall I
+say--oh! yes--that you are a frump, whatever that is; it rhymes anyway."
+
+Roy bowed low, as if receiving compliments and bouquets. When he left
+to go to his classroom to write to his father, Jack Beecham said:
+
+"That fellow is a second Bayard--_sans reproche_."
+
+"So say all who know him," added Shealey, and Ambrose said: "Amen."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+THE UNEXPECTED
+
+
+It was remarkable, and even surprised Garrett himself, that Smithers
+and Stockley made no capital out of their knowledge of the existence
+of what appeared to be an incriminating document. The sketch of the
+letter which they had shown with such assurance to Garrett, and which
+that individual, with an assumption of superiority that had completely
+cowed the two, had coolly kept in his possession, did have something
+of a suspicious appearance.
+
+Why did Garrett retain it? Was it a last card held in reserve to play
+against his cousin's hand? Did he believe the letter to be genuine?
+Finally, after all, did he wish to spare his cousin?
+
+At this time this last consideration had no weight with him. He had
+various reasons for acting as he had done. One strong one was that he
+proposed to hold all the threads of the plot in his own hands and
+manipulate them to his own advantage. He was by no means sure how this
+evidence of Roy's supposed complicity would be received by the boys.
+He felt sure that many would pooh-pooh such a document as worthless.
+He did not desire to prove nothing by overstepping the mark in
+attempting to prove too much.
+
+Suspicious as the letter looked objectively, Garrett was not so stupid
+as not to know there must be some very good explanation of the words;
+although unsupported by an explanation they certainly did appear to
+incriminate the writer, in view of all that had happened since they
+were penned.
+
+Smithers saw plainly enough that without the letter being produced
+(confound that Garrett's impudence!) his words would have no weight.
+This young man was quite well aware that he bore a very odorous--in
+fact a malodorous--reputation among even his friends. Many knew of his
+despicable ingratitude toward Roy Henning.
+
+Stockley had a plan of his own which he told to neither Smithers nor
+Garrett, and had adopted a Fabian policy. Thus it happened that Roy
+Henning was spared the knowledge that one of these boys had in his
+possession a copy or draft of a letter of his, which he could, had he
+so wished, use against him and thus cause him more annoyance.
+
+Meanwhile time flew on. The warm weather had come. It was now very
+pleasant to be out of doors, and, of course, the great question now
+occupying all interest was that of the prospects of the ball team. It
+was found to the general satisfaction that there was very good
+material after all, in spite of the lack of the winter practice.
+
+Harry Gill, a fast friend of Henning, and a great supporter of Rob
+Jones, was chosen captain and manager. He was a popular boy who could
+write a pleasing challenge and gain and retain the good will of those
+teams who even refused to play St. Cuthbert's. To the surprise of all
+he secured a game with the celebrated Blandyke team, to be played on
+the home grounds. This was delightful news for the yard, the more so
+because it was so unexpected.
+
+The Blandykes had assured the St. Cuthbert's boys early in the spring,
+that they had played them for the last time, not because of any
+disagreement or because they had been beaten previously, but because
+their faculty had ruled against the long travel. Yet here was Gill, at
+the very opening of the season, securing the first great game without
+hitch or flaw, and on the home grounds.
+
+The boys were jubilant. Their satisfaction was increased when they
+learned that Gill, by his irresistible charm of manner, had induced
+Henning to practice with the team. He could not get Roy to promise to
+play in the match game, but to have him in the practice games was
+something. Every one admitted that Roy was an exceptionally fine
+player. Much of the beginning of the undercurrent of talk against him
+in the previous fall was, it will be remembered, owing to his refusal
+to have any more to do with sports, and especially with baseball.
+
+How could he now reconcile himself to his father's positive injunction
+to engage in no sports and yet play practice games? Roy had thought
+the matter over and had come to a decision.
+
+His father had told him there were to be no sports. This he adhered to
+scrupulously. His father had said there was to be enough exercise only
+by which to keep a sound mind in a sound body. Now to him, as to many
+another healthy, hearty boy, after the long dormant months of winter,
+there was need of good outdoor exercise. Where could one find it
+better than in the great game? But was not this sport, in the
+understanding of his father? Roy thought it was not, that is, practice
+games were not. With match games it was different. He reasoned that
+his father knew that he was athletic, that wheeling could not always
+suffice, and that long walks were a mere winter expedient. He
+therefore arrived at the eminently satisfactory conclusion that his
+father did not intend, when he told him to keep a sound mind in a
+sound body, that he should be altogether excluded from the game which,
+above all others, was best able to secure that end. Casuists may
+argue pro and con on the soundness of Roy's conclusion if they will.
+We leave it to them.
+
+It is well known that there is nothing in a college so well adapted to
+the breaking up of animosities and of undesirable alliances and
+dangerous particular friendships which lead to no good, as baseball.
+The adage, "birds of a feather flock together," is particularly true
+of boys at school during the winter season. Crowded together in a
+certain circumscribed space of one or two or three halls, according to
+the excellence of the college equipment, the very best boys are often
+forced to form acquaintances with those with whom they would otherwise
+not closely associate.
+
+This had been particularly the case this year at St. Cuthbert's, owing
+to the diversity of opinion as to the question of the identity of the
+undiscovered thief. As we know, many boys were inclined to suspect Roy
+Henning. Among these were some of the best ball-players. Now Harry
+Gill, captain and manager, was substitute pitcher. Stockley was a
+splendid first baseman, and could pitch well. Smithers, too, although
+not liked generally by the boys, was too fine a player to be ignored.
+Beecham, of course, was on the team, as was Bracebridge. Garrett, so
+the boys declared, "would have eaten his hat" to have been selected
+for a place on the first nine. Gill, however, appointed strictly
+according to merit, and Andrew rose no higher than substitute for
+third baseman. That, however, was something in a place like St.
+Cuthbert's, because the substitutes, beside traveling with the team,
+were always the opposing team in practice games, and during the spring
+and early summer saw a deal of fine work.
+
+It is an axiom that in order to play good ball, all differences of
+opinion must be dropped. No team could be enthusiastic for victory
+with three or four currents of self-interest or animosity thwarting
+and dampening all efforts and rendering harmonious and united action
+impossible.
+
+All disagreements had been dropped, or at least hidden away. All were
+enthusiastic. When Gill announced to the team that Roy Henning had
+consented to play at all practice games, the percentage of enthusiasm,
+if it could be measured in that way, rose very high. Now all
+bickerings and animosities seemed to be forgotten, and they actually
+were for a time. As far as team work went, there was one heart and one
+soul. The prospects were indeed bright.
+
+What a splendid player Roy was! He stood there in the pitcher's box, a
+picture of fine young manhood. His long brown hair blowing over his
+forehead appeared to get into his eyes at every move. With a graceful
+leonine backward movement of the head he would toss the hair out of
+his way. He was never excited. He always had his wits about him. In a
+critical moment he could be relied upon. He had the habit of keeping a
+piece of chewing gum in his mouth. To the uninitiated it appeared the
+most important part of the game for him to keep his jaws in steady,
+slow motion. Some said it kept him from becoming excited--that the
+attention required to keep up the regular, slow motion of his molars
+prevented any other kind of distraction. Be this as it may, he never
+showed excitement, but was always calm and cool, and not unfrequently
+at critical moments exasperatingly slow.
+
+And then what an arm he had, and what movement! He seemed merely to
+put his hand forward and the ball went high, or low, or wherever he
+willed. He was a great acquisition to the team. The baseball
+enthusiasts, which is equivalent to saying all the boys, certainly had
+some excuse for chagrin when, without explanation, he retired from the
+game the year before.
+
+Who does not love the sight of ball-players on the diamond, especially
+in the early summer! The bright uniforms, the brighter faces flushed
+with the joy of living and of anticipation! Then the merry shout and
+laugh! How it makes the blood tingle, and sends the spirit of youth
+once more through one's veins!
+
+In the last practice game before the match with the Blandykes the boys
+in their uniforms, white shirts and blue pants, stockings, and caps,
+presented a picturesque scene. The kindly sun, as yet not too hot,
+flushed their cheeks, while the liquid blue above and the fresh tender
+grass beneath their feet lent additional zest to their enjoyment. It
+was the first important practice game the boys had played.
+
+When at length it came to an end all the players clustered around Roy
+Henning at the home plate, congratulating him on his pitching. Jack
+Beecham and Ambrose stood a little apart, watching the group.
+
+"Isn't it a pity, Brose, that Roy won't play against the Blandykes
+next Tuesday," remarked Jack.
+
+"Indeed it is--a thousand pities. But you may be sure he knows what he
+is doing."
+
+"Guess he does. But there's a particularly sable individual in the
+woodpile somewhere! I wonder what it all means?"
+
+"Many beside you have wondered," responded Bracebridge.
+
+"Oh, he must play next week--must, must, we can't do without him! He
+must play, and that's all there is about it."
+
+"I am afraid he won't though. Hello, what's up? Look, here comes Mr.
+Shalford. How serious he looks!"
+
+The two boys touched their hats as the prefect approached.
+
+"Have you seen Henning, boys? Ah, there he is!"
+
+The prefect went to the group surrounding their ideal pitcher. They were
+using all the art persuasive they could command to extort a promise from
+him to play in the forthcoming match game. It is hard to say how much
+longer he would have had to withstand their importunities, had they not
+suddenly ceased upon catching sight of Mr. Shalford.
+
+"Henning, I want you."
+
+Roy disengaged himself from the crowd.
+
+"Here's a telegram for you. The President told me to give it to you at
+once, and you are to go to him immediately."
+
+Outside of strictly business circles, the arrival of a telegram has
+always its preliminary terrors. The yellow missive may contain such
+startling news! The message which Roy's father had sent him was
+startling enough. It read:
+
+"Ethel is believed to be dying. Come at once. G. H."
+
+Roy went over to where Beecham and Bracebridge were standing. Without
+a word he placed the telegram in Ambrose's hand. After reading it the
+three friends at once moved toward the college. The crowd of boys,
+lately so loud and clamorous, were silent now, in the presence of some
+unknown calamity.
+
+Roy walked on as if stunned, for a little while scarcely knowing where
+he was going. Jack and Ambrose, after one sympathetic pressure of his
+hand, walked with him in silent sympathy.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE FAIREST LILY
+
+
+The President was waiting for Henning in his office. The two friends
+left Roy at the door, and quietly stole out of the corridor into the
+sunshine, where with subdued voices they discussed the misfortune
+which was overshadowing their friend.
+
+"I never knew a boy to meet with so many misfortunes in one year as
+Roy has done," said Beecham.
+
+"It is hard," replied Bracebridge, "but God knows best. I sometimes
+think he is being tried, as gold is tried in the furnace, for some
+great purpose."
+
+Beecham was silent. Such thoughts were just a little above Jack's
+ordinary plane of thinking. Bracebridge continued:
+
+"What do you say if, during his absence, we make a grand effort to
+find the thief? What a glorious thing it would be if he could come
+back cleared of all suspicion!"
+
+Beecham was never patient when the words "suspicion" and "Henning"
+were mentioned in the same connection. This time he said something
+quite rough, and, to tell the truth, quite unlike himself. Ambrose
+looked up in surprise.
+
+"You must excuse me. I lose all patience in this affair."
+
+"All right, old fellow. We will make a big effort, eh?"
+
+"You may bet your last little round red cent we will."
+
+Henning reappeared. He had but little time to spare if he would catch
+the six o'clock train. By traveling all night he would reach home by
+seven o'clock in the morning. Hurriedly changing his clothes, he shook
+hands with the two and was driven to the depot. Both promised to write
+as soon as there was anything important to write about.
+
+While Roy Henning is traveling homeward as fast as a night express can
+take him, we will explain the reason why the telegram had been sent.
+This can not be done better than by going to the Henning home, and
+there tracing the course of events.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+"I think it's real mean to rain like this," said Tommy Henning, early
+in the morning of the day on which Roy, his big brother, had received
+the alarming telegram. Tommy let his picture book drop to the floor,
+and swung his fat little legs backward and forward. Soon tiring of
+this, he flattened his nose against the window pane of the
+drawing-room where the two children had been trying to amuse
+themselves.
+
+"What's mean, Tommy?" asked his sister, Ethel.
+
+"Oh, things!" and with this broad generalization he continued to
+exercise his legs. "What's the use if it's going to rain all the
+time?"
+
+"But it isn't going to rain all day. It will clear up before long, see
+if it doesn't."
+
+Tommy was a real boy and, like his big brother, hated above all things
+to be obliged to remain indoors. It had been raining for twenty-four
+hours, and he longed to get outside in the free, fresh air, being
+particularly anxious just now to take Ethel for a ride in the boat on
+the big pond below the orchard.
+
+Tommy was sturdy, but his sister was a frail girl, of shy and nervous
+disposition. Her chief characteristic was her passionate love for her
+brother Tom, who did not show much appreciation of her affection,
+because he did not realize its depth. He loved his sister, but in a
+somewhat boisterous manner. Not unfrequently he showed his affection
+in a way that was rather painful than otherwise to the delicate child.
+This was because he did not think. He did not intend to be rough, yet
+he secretly thought that it was a hardship that she was not a boy, for
+then he could have "lots more fun." They got along well together,
+however, and loved each other very dearly.
+
+True to Ethel's prediction, it soon ceased raining, the clouds
+breaking and rolling away in great masses. Tom's vivacity returned
+with the sunshine.
+
+"Ma! ma! may we go down to the pond now, and get some of those
+lilies?" begged Tommy, as he rushed into his mother's room.
+
+"I am afraid not for the present, my son," replied his mother, "at
+least Ethel can not go. It is a little chilly after the rain, and
+besides, the boat will be full of water."
+
+Ethel did not really care about going just then, but seeing how
+anxious her brother was to enjoy the ride and get the beautiful
+flowers, the first lilies of the summer, she also pleaded for
+permission. At length under the combined pleading of the two, Mrs.
+Henning consented.
+
+"Now, Tommy," she said, "if I let you go, you must promise me not to
+go near the mill-race."
+
+"All right, Ma; there's lots of room without going near there," and
+the handsome little fellow scampered off in high glee, with the full
+intention of keeping his promise.
+
+The injunction was not an unnecessary one. The mill-race was a
+dangerous spot. At the sluice there was a considerable current of
+water which would take a boat caught in it over the bank and
+dangerously dash it into deep water, if it escaped being broken to
+pieces on some large boulders which had formerly been a part of the
+masonry of an old mill.
+
+The pond was noted in the neighborhood for the profusion and beauty of
+its water-lilies. The children found no greater delight in the summer
+than in gathering them and adorning their pretty suburban home with
+them.
+
+The boy found there was not much water in the boat. With Ethel's
+assistance he bailed it out and they were soon among the water-lilies.
+They formed a pretty picture--these two children, Tom in his white
+flannel shirt adorned with a pretty pink tie, a special Christmas gift
+of Ethel; she in her pink dress and white sunbonnet, her lap almost
+covered with luxuriant flowers.
+
+"That's enough, Tom; plenty for to-day," said Ethel.
+
+"All right. Now for a good row around the pond while you cut the
+stalks."
+
+Tommy had a good voice, and as he rowed he began to sing:
+
+ "See our oars with feathered spray
+ Sparkle in the beam of day,
+ As along the lake we glide
+ Swiftly o'er the silent tide."
+
+The pond was large enough to afford the boy a good pull with the oars.
+He enjoyed it immensely. The boat had glided from shore to shore
+several times, when Master Tommy Henning began to look for fresh
+excitement. Stealthily he began to pull stronger on one oar than on
+the other, and so gradually to near the mill-race.
+
+"Oh, Tom! Tommy! look, look, we are getting near the dam!" shouted
+Ethel, very much frightened.
+
+"That's nothing. There's no danger here," said the boy. He made a
+turn, then came nearer than before to the dangerous spot.
+
+"I'm so frightened! Tom, please, Tom, don't go so near," pleaded
+Ethel.
+
+"That's because you are a girl. If you were a boy you wouldn't be
+frightened a little bit."
+
+He rowed away for a little space, and soon in a spirit of pure bravado
+he pulled nearer a few feet. Ethel began screaming with fright.
+
+"That's just like girls. They always scream at something or other,"
+said the ungallant Tommy.
+
+Ethel was very much frightened. She trembled violently, but Tom
+affected not to see. With another stroke he went still nearer to the
+mill-race. At this Ethel gave a prolonged, agonizing shriek of fear,
+which made even her madcap brother feel a little uncomfortable,
+although he still persisted in teasing her, for he knew his strength
+and as yet had the boat under complete control.
+
+"I'm going nearer yet, Sis," he said to the greatly frightened little
+girl, and began to turn the prow of the boat a little.
+
+She began one more wild shriek of terror, but stopped suddenly. She
+could scream no more. The horror of her perilous position rendered her
+mute. She could do nothing but shiver and tremble violently. Her eyes
+were wide and staring.
+
+"What do you stop screaming for? You ain't out of danger yet. Girls
+always scream longer than that in one breath."
+
+There was no reply. Tom looked around to see his sister burst into a
+very torrent of tears. This was too much for the boy.
+
+"Oh, come, Ethel. I was only fooling. Don't cry. There's no danger.
+See!"
+
+He headed the boat in the opposite direction and began to row away
+from the dangerous locality. Ethel continued to sob convulsively,
+unable to restrain herself. She had been thoroughly frightened, and
+now she could not speak. Her eyes were staring wildly; the blue veins
+on her forehead stood out rigidly. She seemed choking as if half
+stifled with the horror she had felt. Tom was now heartily ashamed of
+himself, and heartily wished he had not disobeyed.
+
+"Stop crying, Ethie, and I'll give you my new box of paints," said he
+anxiously.
+
+The magnitude of the inducement was the measure of Tom's anxiety. But
+with even this tempting offer of his greatest wealth, she could not
+refrain from weeping and sobbing.
+
+"I never thought you would take on so, or I never would go near the
+old thing. I just did it for fun," urged the boy persistently. All his
+coaxing was of no avail and he became alarmed at her hysterical
+sobbing. To add to his confusion, as he neared the boat-landing he saw
+his mother standing on the bank. She had heard the screaming, and
+rushed down to the pond, fearing some accident had happened.
+
+"What have you been doing to your sister?" she asked sternly.
+
+"I thought I would scare her a little bit--only a little, though;
+that's all, Mama."
+
+"And you went near the dam?"
+
+"Not very close--true if I did. There was no danger."
+
+Ethel's pale face and hysterical weeping told how near he had been.
+
+"Go to the house, sir, and stay there for the rest of the day," said
+his mother, in a tone Tommy knew from experience was not to be
+disobeyed.
+
+This was a great punishment for Tommy, for, of all things, he loved to
+be out of doors in the free air of heaven. There was, however, a
+certain manliness about the little fellow, so he went to his
+punishment without a word. He could not understand why his sister had
+screamed so much, and more especially why she did not now stop crying.
+
+Ethel did not easily recover from her fright. Her mother brought her
+to the house and laid her on a cushioned lounge, where she remained
+all the afternoon completely prostrated. Tommy was told to stay in the
+same room, which he did more or less sulkily. He thought his
+punishment excessive, and he showed his resentment to his sister by
+being a little bit cross to her. Early in the afternoon he worked
+himself into the belief that he was actually the injured one. All this
+was a proceeding most unusual with Tommy.
+
+The little girl lay on the lounge quite weakened and very sick from
+her adventure. She did not move, but lay still and quiet, with an
+occasional hard sob, resembling the last muttering of a storm in the
+distance. Toward four o'clock of that long afternoon she said faintly
+to her brother:
+
+"Tommy, I am so thirsty; will you get me a drink?"
+
+Now Master Tom was still quite ill-tempered and, contrary to his usual
+custom, very much disinclined to oblige her. Seeing a glass of water
+on the table, he handed it to her, saying:
+
+"Here's some. Drink this."
+
+She touched her feverish lips to it and said: "It's quite warm. It has
+been here all day. Mama brought it in this morning for the canary."
+
+"Well, it's good water, anyhow," said Master Tommy, and he went back
+to his seat and sulked.
+
+She sighed and closed her eyes without allaying her thirst. Presently
+Mrs. Henning came into the room, and saw, with alarm, that Ethel was
+in a high fever. She telephoned at once for the family physician, who
+was in his office when the message came. When he came he looked very
+grave, and declared that the child would not live more than
+twenty-four hours. The physician knew Ethel's constitution well. She
+had grown up an extremely delicate child. He gave no hope of her
+recovery. He declared the attack had been brought on by some unwonted
+exertion beyond her strength, or by some extraordinary strain caused
+by great fear or overwhelming grief. When told of what had occurred on
+the pond he shook his head ominously, and frankly told the mother to
+expect the worst, recommending, as a conscientious physician, that a
+priest be called without delay.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+THE PASSING OF ETHEL
+
+
+As soon as Tommy realized that Ethel was really sick there came a
+revulsion of feeling such as all generous natures are subject to. He
+was no longer angry or sulky. He racked his brains to discover means
+by which he could make amends for his unkindness of the afternoon.
+
+Tommy had one great treasure which no one was allowed to touch. This
+was a precious silver mug, a birthday present. He never used it except
+on some very extraordinary occasion. It was rarely taken from his
+mother's china-closet, where it occupied a place of honor. Now he
+thought of this mug, but first he took a pitcher out to the pump and
+used the handle vigorously until his arms ached. He then went to the
+cupboard and took out his great treasure, carrying it and the pitcher
+to where Ethel was lying.
+
+"Sissie dear," he said softly, "I'm awful sorry I've been mean to you
+'s afternoon. I didn't know you were sick, sure. If I had known that
+I'd got you a barrelful of water, sure I would."
+
+Ethel opened her eyes with a pleasant smile. She knew that Tommy loved
+her. He was trying to make amends. That was enough to make her happy.
+
+"Here, Ethel, dear. I've brought you the coldest water I could get
+from the well, and here's my silver cup to drink it out of."
+
+The little sufferer was now too far gone to care for water. Wishing to
+respond to her brother's kindness she took the mug and put it to her
+lips, as if drinking a long draught. But Tommy saw she was not
+drinking.
+
+"Why, Ethel, you only make believe! Don't be afraid to drink. I'll
+keep on carrying in pitchers all night if you want 'em. 'Taint no
+trouble at all for me."
+
+Ethel saw his generosity of purpose and smiled again.
+
+"Drink some more, Ethel. It's good." She could not resist such
+importunity, and she drank some of the water, more than she needed, in
+order to please him.
+
+Tommy exaggerated his fault in his own eyes. Now, in order to make
+amends, he strove urgently to make his sister drink, coaxing her at
+least every ten minutes to do so, until at last she was fain to tell
+him it was impossible for her to take any more. If he could not make
+her drink, he could, nevertheless, keep the water cool, so he changed
+it at least every fifteen minutes. Who shall say but what the angels
+carried these crude acts of reparation to the Mercy Seat, and brought
+back blessings for sorrowful Tommy?
+
+Ethel realized that she was very ill. The doctor's grave face
+confirmed her worst fears. She did not fear to die. Had she not gone
+to confession every week for a year past, and although the pure little
+child knew it not, the good priest knew full well that for weeks
+together he scarcely found matter for absolution. She did not want to
+die, not yet at least, if it were the will of God, until she had made
+her First Communion. Her pure soul had not yet been strengthened by
+the Bread of Angels. How ardently for months she had longed for the
+day of her First Communion, and now it seemed so hard to die before
+that great event. Would not the sweet Jesus spare her at least until
+she could receive Him! Long and earnestly, on her couch of suffering,
+she prayed that she might receive this supreme happiness. She knew
+that she was dying. The frightful pain in her back told her, as she
+lay there in such helplessness, that her weakness could not long
+battle against so sudden and so violent an attack. But oh, to be
+deprived of the great privilege!
+
+"Lord, I am not worthy! Lord, I am not worthy that Thou shouldst come
+to me! Come, oh, come, my Lord Jesus!" she repeated again and again,
+between her acts of contrition.
+
+It was in this hour of supreme suspense and anxiety of her parents
+that Ethel's beautiful character shone forth. Patient, humble,
+thankful for the least kindness shown, or office performed for her,
+she fairly broke the heart of father and mother, who now realized,
+more completely than ever, what a beautiful treasure they were losing.
+
+The priest was grieved to see this stricken one of his flock. Ethel's
+eyes brightened when she saw him. He heard the child's last confession
+and administered Extreme Unction. Long the confession lasted--those
+guileless self-accusations of an almost guiltless soul. When the
+family were re-admitted they saw that both priest and penitent had
+been weeping.
+
+"Has the poor child told you her greatest desire, Father?" asked the
+grieving mother.
+
+"Yes. I have no hesitation in giving her Holy Communion. She was
+sufficiently prepared a year ago. If you will make the proper
+preparations I will bring the Holy Sacrament and administer First
+Communion."
+
+Not until Tommy saw the priest visit the house, and learned that his
+sister had been anointed did he realize that she was dangerously ill.
+When the priest left, he rushed to the couch, and kneeling, took
+Ethel's hand and covered it with tears and kisses, crying passionately
+with heartrending sobs:
+
+"Ethel, Ethel, Ethel! don't die, don't die yet! Ask God and His Mother
+to make you well again. You know they will if you ask them." His cry
+was an unconscious tribute to his sister's goodness.
+
+Ethel waited with joy and calmness the approach of her Lord. Very soon
+the priest, bearing the Sacred Host, arrived and the whole household
+assembled to honor the divine Visitor, and to pray for the departing
+soul.
+
+Notwithstanding her intense pain, Ethel appeared to be in a transport
+of joy. Her calm, waxlike face was faintly flushed at the fulfilment
+of her ardent longings. As she lay making fervent acts of love and
+thanksgiving, she resembled an angel rather than a child of human
+clay. So thought her spiritual director as he gave her the last
+absolution and blessing and began to recite the prayers for the dying.
+
+Tommy's grief became deeper and more demonstrative. His mother gently
+drew him into the next room, telling him it was for Ethel's good, as
+he was disturbing her recollection and happiness. With this assurance
+he became content, although he sobbed as if his heart would break.
+
+Silently, and in helpless, though resigned, anguish the father and
+mother watched through the long night the flickering spark of life
+fade and expire. More than once during these long hours they believed
+the beautiful soul had flown to God, its Maker. Hoping against hope,
+they earnestly desired that she might last until Roy should reach home
+at seven, but about three the end came.
+
+"Fetch the boy," said the father, in a whisper. Mrs. Henning softly
+left the room. She found Tommy, his face all tear-stained, asleep on
+the mat just outside the door. Gently waking him, she told him to come
+to Ethel. The boy, alert in a moment at the sound of her name, came
+slowly into the room. Neither father nor mother spoke, but the latter
+led him to the couch where lay the lifeless form of his sister still
+holding the crucifix in her hand. Her pure soul had flown.
+
+Seeing that she had passed away, the boy bent down and kissed her
+white forehead and her lips. His mother involuntarily moved a step
+nearer, intending to catch and console him in his first wild burst of
+grief. To her surprise the boy neither wept nor spoke. He took one
+long look at the placid face of his dead sister, and turned away,
+going out into the open air of the warm night. By the first gray
+streaks of dawn he wandered through the garden path down to the pond.
+There lay the boat as he had left it, half drawn up on the shore, and
+there, withered, lay the lilies she had gathered. The boy remembered
+how she had used all her little strength to pull up one large bud. She
+had, at length, laughingly succeeded, dropping it into the boat and
+letting the long stalk hang in the water.
+
+As the gloaming of the sad day of the funeral drew on Tommy took his
+beads from his pocket. Then came the realization that he was alone to
+say them.
+
+"Ethel! Ethel!" he cried, and the floodgates of his tears were open.
+Big, strong Roy caught him up in his arms as he would a baby. There
+Tommy, resting his tired little head on his big brother's breast, wept
+unrestrainedly.
+
+On the day of the passing of Ethel Roy pondered long about sending a
+message to his friends at St. Cuthbert's. He could not decide to whom
+to send it. Bracebridge, Beecham, Shealey, Gill, and Jones, all were
+thought of, but he remained undecided. While thinking over this, his
+aunt, Andrew Garrett's mother, entered the room. Roy loved this good
+and beautiful woman almost as much as he loved his own mother, whom
+she was supporting and comforting in her sudden affliction.
+
+"I am glad you received my telegram in time," she said. "You will be
+just now such a support and comfort to your mother and father, Roy, in
+their sorrow." She kissed him on the forehead.
+
+"When the sickness came to Ethel," she continued, "they were both too
+distracted by grief to think of sending for you, so I wired in your
+father's name."
+
+Roy made up his mind about his message. He filled out a blank:
+
+"Dear Andrew: Ethel passed away at three. Pray and get prayers for
+her. I know you will. Roy."
+
+For many a long day after, Roy Henning had reason to bless the
+influence which prompted him to send this message to his cousin,
+rather than to any one else. The message had the effect of working a
+wonderful change in Andrew Garrett, so that when Roy next saw him, he
+scarcely recognized him. Many strange things will happen before Roy
+again sees his cousin.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+ROY AND HIS FATHER
+
+
+When, in four or five days, the grief in the household had subsided
+sufficiently to lose some of its poignancy, Mr. Henning called his son
+to his study for the purpose of having a long talk with him concerning
+his prospects and the affairs at St. Cuthbert's. He was still under
+the impression that the extraordinary test to which he had submitted
+his son was a wise one.
+
+The two sat opposite each other in large, leather-covered reading-chairs
+in a very wealthy man's private "den." Roy waited respectfully for
+his father to begin. Full of the thoughts of Ethel, he began to speak
+of his recent loss.
+
+"So the poor child is gone, gone! I never thought she would last very
+long; she was too frail and delicate. If she had grown up I am sure
+she would have become a nun. Ah, that reminds me! Do you still hold to
+the notion you mentioned to me last summer?"
+
+"Of the priesthood? Most assuredly, sir."
+
+"Humph!"
+
+The white whiskers looked whiter as the florid face became more
+florid.
+
+"H--um! So! I thought then that it was a mere passing fancy of yours,
+and that it would soon go. As you have asked for no more money than
+the small--yes, very small--allowance I settled on, I began to
+think--yes, I began to believe, that you had more of the Henning
+family spirit--yes, more of the real family spirit--than at first I
+gave you credit for. So far, so good. So you are determined, if
+possible, to become a priest?"
+
+"Yes, sir," said the young man firmly.
+
+"Now tell me, my boy, how you have passed through the tests I set."
+
+Roy was silent. He thought of the many times he had experienced more
+or less bitterly rebellious thoughts against these tests.
+
+"Don't be afraid, Roy. Speak plainly. Have you failed?"
+
+"No, father," he answered emphatically; "I have not."
+
+"That is good. I am very glad to hear that."
+
+"I confess that it was very hard. Frequently I felt like writing to
+you about the prohibition of sports and of my--my shortness of cash."
+
+"So most of your troubles came from lack of cash, eh?"
+
+"Oh, no! Really the greatest test of obedience I have ever had was to
+follow your instruction strictly when you declared that I should
+engage in no sports except enough to keep a sound mind in a sound
+body."
+
+"Yes, I remember to have said that."
+
+"That, sir, was a hard blow to me. All the unpleasantness of the year
+has arisen from trying to be faithful to your command."
+
+"How so? Explain."
+
+"As you know, I am an enthusiastic and pretty good ball-player."
+
+"Yes, I have heard enough about that to be well acquainted with the
+fact."
+
+"And I am a good all-round athlete as well. As a consequence, I stood
+high in the councils of the college athletic circles. When I announced
+my intention of retiring from the football eleven, and the baseball
+nine there was a good deal of disagreeable talk. I must confess,
+father, this was the hardest thing I ever had to do in my whole life."
+
+"So?"
+
+"Yes, and the worst of it was I was made miserable by insinuations and
+innuendos that I had betrayed the college teams. I was disloyal. I was
+acting out of pique or spite. This was all very hard to bear because I
+was actuated by the very best intentions. I wanted to prove to you
+that I was a dutiful and obedient son."
+
+"I never doubted that, my boy, never for a moment doubted that!"
+
+"I thank you, sir."
+
+"Poor lad! all this is too bad; but tell me about the robbery. By the
+way, you never sent for that check; but tell me all about it, that is,
+as far as it concerns yourself."
+
+"I will, sir. Not being allowed to engage in any sports by your
+orders, I did not see why I could not make myself useful in some other
+way. Late in the fall there was much talk about the following season's
+games. In order to keep the team in practice it was decided to take up
+a collection among the boys and purchase a pitcher's cage, to be
+placed in the playroom, where indoor practice could be had all the
+winter. The boys appointed me solicitor and treasurer. I kept the
+money in the table-drawer in the committee-room off the playroom. From
+that drawer the money was stolen. What made my chagrin the deeper was
+that I had been warned by a close friend to place the money with the
+college treasurer for safer keeping. This I intended to do, but during
+the Christmas holidays it escaped my memory."
+
+"I do not see why you could not have written for that check. As far as
+I can see there is nothing in all this story to prevent you from
+replacing the money. Surely you and your cousin Andrew did everything
+in your power to trace the thief and get the money back?"
+
+Here was a critical moment for Roy. Blood is thicker than water with
+the father as well as the son. Mr. Henning never dreamed but that
+Andrew would make this a family affair and exert himself with his
+cousin to recover the stolen money. It was a temptation for Roy.
+Should he expose Andrew's conduct? Should he permit his father to know
+that he had a nephew who was selfish and cowardly and mean, and not
+above trading upon another's reputation? Roy had to think rapidly in
+making up his mind what to do. His father's keen eyes were upon him.
+The old gentleman was awaiting an answer. Roy's good angel prevailed.
+The boy replied:
+
+"Everything, I believe, was done that could be done to detect the
+thieves by myself and my friends, but without success. Had we found
+the thief and discovered that the money had been disposed of beyond
+recovery I should then have written gladly to you to replace it, after
+your generous offer."
+
+"That's right; that's right."
+
+"But," continued Roy with some hesitation, which his father did not
+fail to notice, "affairs turned out so differently from what I
+expected. Whether from natural causes, or from design, I do not know,
+but there were two or three opinions soon prevalent about the robbery,
+and there was one party who--who gave it out that they--they suspected
+me."
+
+"Suspected you!" almost shouted the lawyer. "The scoundrels! Who were
+they, Roy; who were they?"
+
+"Some whose names are not worth mentioning, and whose reputations are
+still worse."
+
+"Dear me, dear me! The rascals, to suspect my son!" fumed the old man.
+He walked excitedly up and down the room. By some occult process he
+connected these suspicions with his son's stringency of cash, and
+blamed himself in proportion to his indignation.
+
+"My boy, my boy! this is all too bad, too bad! If I had allowed you
+your regular amount all this would not have happened. Such a thing
+could not then have happened."
+
+"I do not see that, father, unless by having plenty of money as usual
+I should not have undertaken the treasurership. I do not see how this
+consequence flows from the premises. Indeed I think it more than
+likely had matters been normal with me I should have been treasurer
+just the same."
+
+"Well, we must rectify all this. You want to go back to St.
+Cuthbert's, or do you wish to stay away?"
+
+"I want to go back, sir, of course, and graduate. And please, father,"
+said Roy right loyally, "please do not think these few boys represent
+St. Cuthbert's. There are not a finer set of fellows in the world.
+These I spoke of are the exceptions."
+
+This remark thoroughly pleased the father who was himself an alumnus
+of old St. Cuthbert's.
+
+"And besides," continued the young man, "I want to go back and live
+down the ugly rumor--for that is all it is--and make somebody eat his
+words. I know, I feel certain it will come out all right. Matters
+always do. I want to be there. If I were to stay away now, would it
+not be, at least for some, a sort of tacit acknowledgment, or at least
+it might be so construed by some unfriendly to me, who might say I
+knew more than I chose to tell and so kept away as soon as I had a
+chance to do so?"
+
+"You are right, my boy; you are right. Go back and fight it down.
+Suspected of dishonesty! A Henning, too, preposterous! Yes, yes, you
+must go back, boy. You must go back."
+
+"I am glad you look at it in that light, sir. I think it the best
+thing to do."
+
+Mr. Henning drew from his pocket a bunch of keys. Opening his desk he
+took out a roll of bills.
+
+"You must consider your test, your trial, as over. It is over as far
+as I am concerned, and I am more than satisfied with you. You are free
+now to take up what sports you like, and spend, in moderation, what
+money you like, and in fact I leave your course of action entirely to
+yourself. I am sure I need have no fear for your prudence. Here, take
+this; you will need it."
+
+Mr. Henning handed over to his son a fair-sized roll of bills. How
+much he gave we will not state, but leave the amount to the
+imagination of the reader, merely remarking that Mr. Henning was a
+very rich man, did few things by halves, and, at the moment, was
+actuated by the most generous impulse. In giving Roy the money, he
+remarked: "Give your cousin Andrew twenty-five dollars, with my
+regards. I suppose schoolboys are never very flush at this time of the
+year. I never was."
+
+While Roy, with a bounding heart, was thanking his father, a loud ring
+of the door bell disturbed the quiet of the house. In a moment one of
+the servants brought in a telegram.
+
+"For Master Roy, sir," she said.
+
+With a bow and a "Permit me" to his father, Roy opened the envelope
+and read:
+
+"Come at once. Great news! St. C. 8. B. 3. Ambrose."
+
+The mystified boy showed the telegram to his father.
+
+"Perhaps the first part refers to the robbery. You had better go. Can
+you bid your mother and aunt farewell and be ready at the depot by
+7.30?"
+
+"Yes, quite easily."
+
+"Very good. The carriage will be ready for you to catch the 7.30
+train."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+THE GREAT BLOW
+
+
+Notwithstanding the death of his little sister, Roy left home with a
+lightened heart, owing to the more perfect and decidedly pleasanter
+understanding with his father. Had he not full permission to play
+ball, or do anything else he chose! If the reader thinks this was a
+small reason for being light-hearted, then it is safe to say that same
+reader never was a boy. Every real boy knows what that permission
+meant. Roy, as we know, was conscientious. We know the struggle he
+went through. We know some of the unpleasant consequences which
+followed from conscientiously carrying out his father's wishes. Just
+in proportion as the restriction had been bitter, this freedom now was
+sweet. He was a strong, healthy, vigorous boy, all his life used to
+outdoor exercise, delighting in all manly sports. Now he was free
+again! Free to enjoy it all! The promised delights appeared all the
+more entrancing from his long abstention from them. Would he not
+surprise the boys! No, he would give the credit, all of it, to Harry
+Gill. He would make it appear that the manager's diplomacy had been
+irresistible. Gill should have an extra feather in his cap!
+
+And Garrett! What a pity he was developing such undesirable traits of
+character! Could he not be weaned in some way from those companions
+with whom at present he seemed so infatuated? Roy was convinced that
+he was not really a bad fellow at heart. How could he be with such a
+mother as Aunt Helen? Was there ever a finer, more lovable woman,
+except his own mother? Her gentle touch, her womanly way, her wise and
+soothing words! What a treasure Andrew had, did he but realize it! No,
+he could not be really bad with her influence, and the memory of her,
+and her prayers for him!
+
+These were some of the thoughts which passed through Roy's mind as the
+train sped along in the darkness. Then he remembered Bracebridge's
+telegram. He took it out of his pocket and read it again. He puzzled
+again over those words "Come at once." What could they mean? Had the
+thief been discovered?
+
+His heart gave a great leap at the thought. But what if, after all,
+his suspicions had been well founded! What if the thief should prove
+to be Andrew Garrett! The thought made him sick at heart; and yet--and
+yet! oh, he must be mistaken in that surmise! Ambrose would not have
+wired him to come at once had the guilt been traced to Garrett. He
+would certainly have been in no hurry to bring him back to so
+unpleasant a state of affairs. In that supposition it would have been
+"great news" indeed, but most disastrous news. No, it must be some one
+else, if the message meant what he hoped it did mean.
+
+"And so the first great match has come off victoriously," he said to
+himself. "Good! good!"
+
+He fell into a train of pleasant thoughts during which he looked so
+bright and so happy that an old lady on the opposite seat, who had
+watched him for some time, smiled kindly at him. Roy returned the
+smile. She was quite advanced in years and evidently traveled but
+rarely. She liked the look of the bright, handsome face before her,
+whose youthful sparkling eyes spoke goodness and enthusiasm, and
+whose clear skin at this moment showed a decided flush of joy.
+
+"Are you going home?" she ventured timidly.
+
+"No, ma'am. I'm leaving home."
+
+She looked puzzled. It was contrary to her experience to see children
+so happy on leaving home. Roy enjoyed her puzzled look for a minute,
+and then explained:
+
+"I am not going home, but I have just left the best father and mother
+in the world, and am now going back to school to join the best and
+truest friends a fellow could find anywhere on this round earth."
+
+"Is that so! I am glad to hear it. If they are all like you they must
+be good boys."
+
+Roy actually blushed. Just then the conductor called the old lady's
+station. As she arose and with the assistance of Roy gathered her
+traveling impedimenta, she said:
+
+"Keep that bright smile, my dear, and remember that no one can keep so
+bright a face unless he keeps a bright soul within. I am an old woman,
+and I know what I say."
+
+Now while Roy retires to his sleeper to get as much rest as is
+possible on the rail, we will hurry forward and learn why he was wired
+to come at once, and find out what has been happening during the last
+few days at St. Cuthbert's.
+
+The Blandyke team arrived before noon on the day Ambrose had sent the
+message to his friend. Their manager told Gill that the condition of
+their coming was that they returned on the 3.50 train of that
+afternoon. The game, consequently, began at one o'clock. It was over
+by three, with the result already known.
+
+The day had been extremely hot, with not a breath of air stirring. The
+atmosphere was stifling. All nature seemed to be in a dead calm. Even
+the dogs sought shady spots and lay still and panted. The afternoon
+seemed more oppressive than an August day, because so early in the
+summer every one was unaccustomed to the great heat.
+
+As the game was finished by three o'clock on a recreation day, there
+were three vacant hours before supper time. Owing to the unusual
+sultriness few cared to tramp over the hills, or along the lower road of
+the valley. A few, however, started out, either to walk, or hunt black
+squirrels on the higher, wooded grounds in the rear of the college.
+
+About four a slight breeze began to blow from the southwest, cooling
+the atmosphere very considerably.
+
+"Ah, that's fine!" said Jack Beecham, as he faced the breeze and
+filled his lungs with the cooler air. "That's fine! My, but it was
+hot! Never knew it so hot in May before in my life. Oh, look,
+Ambrose," and he pointed to the direction from which the breeze was
+coming, "look at that queer-shaped cloud!"
+
+Bracebridge looked toward the southwest. Dark, coppery clouds were
+forming and rapidly approaching. The temperature dropped suddenly many
+degrees. The cooler breeze became stronger and soon it was a wind.
+Before many minutes elapsed it was a very high wind in which it was
+difficult to stand steadily.
+
+Suddenly a brilliant flash of lightning leaped from the now leaden
+sky. The boys could hear the electric discharge snap and crackle
+against the sides of the buildings. It was followed almost instantly
+by a deafening crash of thunder, tropical in its intensity. Down came
+the rain, not in drops, but apparently in sheets of water. Flash
+followed flash, peal succeeded peal, and the wind grew more furious
+every moment.
+
+Bracebridge, Shealey, Beecham, and Harry Gill watched the terrific war
+from the Philosophy classroom window.
+
+Ever and anon the downpour would cease, but the wind did not abate. At
+intervals could be seen the havoc the wind was doing. The air was
+thick with leaves and twigs and straw. In the lowlands the boys saw
+the rail fences carried away like matches and deposited over the
+fields. An old wooden windmill tower was toppled over. Boards and
+shingles and slates were flying everywhere.
+
+All knew that such violent warfare must be brief. Already in the west
+there was a streak of light beneath the clouds. Before the storm had
+spent its fury the watchers at the window were to witness a remarkable
+sight.
+
+Behind the college there was, as has often been remarked, thickly
+wooded high ground. The boys at the window were watching the hillside
+path, which every now and then was obscured by the rain. Suddenly a
+forked bolt struck the largest tree on the hillside, and hurled to the
+ground across the college walk at least one-third of it. The boys
+looked at each other in a frightened way. In the mind of each was:
+"What if the college had been struck!"
+
+When the deafening thunder-crash had passed, Bracebridge, for the sake
+of saying something, remarked:
+
+"It's lucky that none of us were out in such a storm."
+
+"We would have been nicely drenched, eh?" said Tom Shealey.
+
+"No one of common-sense would be out," said Beecham; "all would run to
+shelter somewhere."
+
+"But some may have been too far away to reach it. You know how sudden
+the storm was," observed Bracebridge.
+
+"What on earth is that?" suddenly exclaimed Tom Shealey, as he pointed
+to something or some one crossing the yard. After the last thunder-crash
+the rain had ceased suddenly. The wind dropped, and the storm, furious
+while it lasted, spent itself. The boys threw open the classroom window
+to get a better view of the yard. Some one had entered from the field
+gate nearest the woods. He was drenched; his hat was gone; his hair
+dishevelled. He was white and frightened. Although his clothes clung to
+his skin he was making violent, meaningless gestures as he ran, and
+appeared to be gibbering or muttering something as if in that stage of
+fright which borders on imbecility.
+
+"It is Smithers," shouted Shealey. "Let's go and see what's up.
+Hurry!"
+
+"What's up, Smithers? What's happened?" asked Shealey, a moment later,
+hatless and breathless.
+
+The frightened boy had a scared, wild look. He muttered something
+quite unintelligible. His lips were dry and white.
+
+"Now be calm. Tell us quietly what has happened," said Bracebridge.
+
+Smithers again gibbered something. The listeners could make nothing of
+it. They began to think the boy had lost his reason.
+
+"--prefect--dead--struck--innocent," were some of the words caught by
+the listening boys.
+
+"Good gracious!" exclaimed Beecham, "the prefect is dead, struck by
+lightning, up on the hill walk. Is that it, Smithers?"
+
+The one appealed to, not fully comprehending the question, and half
+beside himself, nodded assent.
+
+"Gill, quick, go at once to the President. Then take care of this
+fellow. Send a priest as soon as you can up the hill. Jack and Tom,
+you come with me."
+
+Ambrose naturally assumed the leadership in the emergency. The three
+ran along the walk and up the hillside path as fast as their legs
+could carry them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+THE FALLEN TREE
+
+
+Having seen from the classroom a large part of the great oak fall when
+the bolt came, the three boys supposed that was the spot where the
+tragedy must have taken place. They noticed the havoc the storm had
+wrought. Many large limbs of trees were scattered across their path.
+In several places the walk was washed out, leaving large gullies. On
+the thickly wooded hillside the damage was the greatest.
+
+Arriving at the oak tree they were at a loss. They saw no sign of any
+human being. They picked up Smithers' plaid cloth cap which he had
+lost in his wild flight homeward. Beecham began to beat it against a
+young sapling to rid it of some of the mud.
+
+"We must go farther yet. This is not the place," said Ambrose.
+
+Fully one-third of the great oak tree had been riven from the trunk.
+It lay across their path, necessitating a detour amid the still
+dripping underbrush to pass it. The oak was in the full of its early
+summer foliage, forming an impenetrable green wall across the hillside
+path.
+
+As they were threading their way through the thick low growth on the
+upper side, Jack Beecham glanced into the dense mass of fallen
+foliage. His eyes were caught by something black beneath the green.
+Thinking it was perhaps an old log, blown there by the storm before
+the lightning damaged the oak, he was about to pass on, but gave a
+second look. The black thing under the leaves was surely not a bough!
+Again he peered into the tree-top.
+
+"Great heavens! there he is under that oak!" he said.
+
+The three pushing aside the boughs saw the bleeding, white face of
+some one who was apparently dead.
+
+"Poor Mr. Shalford!" exclaimed Shealey.
+
+"Nonsense! Don't you see that's not Mr. Shalford at all. It's one of
+the boys. Who can it be?"
+
+They all looked again into the leaves, and were satisfied that it was
+not their prefect.
+
+"Who is it?" asked Shealey.
+
+"I believe it is--it is Stockley," said Bracebridge.
+
+"You don't say!" exclaimed Shealey, "at all events we must get him out
+of that tangle, dead or alive."
+
+"I don't believe that oak killed him, anyway," remarked Jack Beecham.
+
+"Why?" asked Ambrose, in a whisper, for in the presence of death they
+were awed.
+
+"Look here," said Beecham, "no big limb has reached him. These twigs
+and leaves would give one a sharp switch when falling, and probably
+knock him down, but they are too small to break any bones."
+
+"Maybe that's true. Well, we shall soon find out," said Ambrose. "Now,
+boys, how are we to get him clear of that tree-top?"
+
+They procured a strong stick, and while two lifted as many of the
+small boughs as they could, Bracebridge pushed the pole over the
+prostrate body. He then raised his end, the other being on the ground
+on the other side of the body. The two other boys took hold of
+Stockley's shoulders and successfully drew him from under the tree,
+as, fortunately, he had not been caught by any of the larger limbs.
+Gently as possible they drew him out from under the mass of foliage,
+but gentle as they were, they necessarily used some force. To their
+surprise--and satisfaction--they heard him groan. He was not dead
+after all, but undoubtedly badly hurt.
+
+No sooner had Stockley been extricated than Mr. Shalford appeared. The
+boys who were bending over the prostrate body looked up.
+
+"Oh, sir!" said Ambrose, "we thought it was you," and he pointed to
+Stockley. There was love in the tone, making Mr. Shalford treasure the
+simple words for many a day.
+
+"Why?"
+
+"That stupid Smithers said so. I think he was too frightened to know
+what he was saying."
+
+The moving of Stockley restored him to a state of semi-consciousness,
+in which he talked incoherently. One arm hung loosely, evidently
+broken above the elbow. When touched in the ribs the suffering boy
+groaned aloud, so that it was quite probable that some were fractured.
+There was a cut on the forehead, and another on the lower lip. The
+injuries, as far as could be then learned, while serious, were not
+necessarily fatal.
+
+A priest from the college having arrived, the rest withdrew some paces
+while the minister of God tried to elicit some act of conscious sorrow
+for sin. It seemed to the boys that he succeeded, for from the
+distance they saw him raise his hand and make the sign of the cross as
+in sacramental absolution.
+
+"I do not think he will die," said the priest as the others drew near.
+"See there, that is what must have done the mischief. He was caught up
+here in the wind-storm, and one of those dead limbs struck him. You
+say you found him beneath the tops of the fallen oak. Those twigs
+could not have inflicted these injuries."
+
+Intermittently Stockley muttered incoherent words. Bracebridge and
+Beecham knelt on either side of him, nervously anxious to catch every
+sound. Unknown to each other, both had simultaneously formed a strange
+suspicion. Once both distinctly heard the words: "Clear--Henning."
+What could that mean? They caught the word "letter," but to neither
+did this convey intelligence, because neither knew of the existence of
+the copy or draft of that letter which Roy Henning had written to some
+unknown friend. They heard other disconnected words, for instance,
+"sweater," and "Garrett," but these words had no meaning for them.
+They did not, for all that, lose a single word, but stored up
+everything in their memories, being sure that something would
+come of it in good time.
+
+Harry Gill and others arrived with a wire mattress, the best temporary
+substitute for a stretcher. There was no lack of willing hands to
+convey the injured boy down the hill to the infirmary.
+
+Gill's report of Smithers' frantic words spread like wildfire in the
+yard. Most of the boys believed the kindly prefect had been killed by
+a falling tree. Few had seen him after the report began, because he
+had at once started for the walk.
+
+Notwithstanding the appalling nature of the accident, when the boys
+saw Mr. Shalford return safe and sound they could scarce refrain from
+giving a hearty cheer. One began to wave his hat and was on the point
+of opening his mouth. Mr. Shalford was immensely surprised at such a
+strange proceeding at such a solemn moment, never for a moment
+dreaming it was all for him. He stopped all noise with an imperative
+"Hush!"
+
+All the boys clustered around the infirmary steps awaiting the
+reappearance of the prefect. In about half an hour he came. He told the
+boys the extent of Stockley's injuries, and said that it was the
+physician's opinion that none of the wounds were likely to prove fatal.
+
+"Hurrah for Mr. Shalford!" shouted George McLeod.
+
+"McLeod, are you taking leave of your senses? If you don't be quiet
+I'll send you back to Mr. Silverton to the division yard."
+
+But the boys took up McLeod's lead and gave three cheers for the
+prefect.
+
+"And what on earth is that for?" he asked.
+
+"Why, sir, don't you know? Smithers said you were killed!"
+
+"Smithers was too excited to know what he was saying."
+
+"But you are not killed--that's the point. Hurrah!" In spite of himself
+the prefect was again cheered. Do what he would, put his fingers to his
+lips, point to the infirmary, wave down the noise with his hand, he
+could not stop the boys giving one more shout for his safety.
+
+When Bracebridge and Beecham were again alone in their room, the
+former said:
+
+"What do you make of it all?"
+
+"I think it is very important."
+
+"I think so too."
+
+"You heard all he said?"
+
+"Every word."
+
+"I am not sure," said Jack, "but I believe there is a rift in the
+cloud for dear old Roy. Fancy, Brose! suppose this wounded boy should
+know all about the robbery!"
+
+"And we could make him tell," added Bracebridge.
+
+"I tell you what I think," continued Jack, "it is my conviction that
+he not only knows all about the thieving, but that he----"
+
+"Oh, don't say that," urged Ambrose. "I know what you think. I believe
+I think the same, but don't like to give it expression."
+
+"I don't mind doing so if it will lead to the clearing of Henning."
+
+"I wish I knew what he meant--what was on his mind when he mentioned
+Garrett and his sweater! And what could he mean by repeating
+frequently, 'letter, letter, Garrett.' It's all a mystery to me as
+yet. I do wish Roy was here. Maybe he knows what the words mean.
+Perhaps Roy could get Stockley to tell who the thief was, that is,
+supposing he really knows."
+
+"It seems clear to me," said Beecham, "that Stockley knows something.
+But who can say what that something is? Say! Suppose you telegraph for
+Henning. Give him to-day's score, too. He'll want to know that."
+
+"That's a great idea. I'll do it," said Ambrose.
+
+"All right. Do it at once, so that he may get the message in time to
+start to-night and be here early to-morrow morning, should he consider
+the affair important enough."
+
+Thus the telegraphic message was sent to Roy Henning.
+
+When Smithers had recovered from his fright sufficiently to be able to
+talk sensibly, Beecham and Shealey plied him with questions about the
+accident. He said, substantially:
+
+"We were at the other end of the forest path when the storm came
+up--Stockley and I. We took shelter in the cave for some time until
+the water began to flow in from above and drove us out. Then we made
+for home. It was very dangerous. Sticks and limbs were flying in all
+directions. We had passed the big oak by about thirty feet when
+Stockley was struck by a piece of a branch about four feet long and as
+thick as your arm. It hit him on the arm and on the chest or side. He
+fell with a scream. At that moment there came a brilliant flash, and a
+bolt of lightning struck quite close to us, blinding me for a few
+seconds. I was about ten feet ahead of Stockley when it came. I was so
+frightened I thought I would go crazy. When I could see again I saw
+the oak tree falling right where he was lying. I never was so
+frightened in my life. Then I ran home, believing he was killed. I
+don't remember how I got down the hill, or what I said after."
+
+"Will you answer me one question, Smithers?" asked Beecham.
+
+"If I can, yes. What is it?"
+
+"When the accident happened were you two talking about Henning and the
+robbery last Christmas?"
+
+"Yes," he answered, "we were. I'm sorry now I had anything to do with
+it."
+
+"With what?" asked Beecham with a nervous start. Foolish fellow. He
+was not cool enough. The other fellow took immediate alarm.
+
+"Oh, nothing!" and he refused to say anything more, and walked away.
+
+"That was too bad," said Beecham to himself, very much chagrined. "If
+I had been a little more diplomatic I might have wormed out of him all
+he knew of the matter."
+
+Now Jack was indeed sorely puzzled. Did Smithers mean that he was
+sorry that he had talked to Stockley about it, or did he mean that he
+was now, under the influence of a great fright, sorry that he had
+participated in the robbery?
+
+Beecham sat a long time on a bench tilted against the wall,
+disconsolate and severely bringing himself to task.
+
+"Here am I," he said, "with conceit enough to imagine I have brains
+enough to become a lawyer, and at the very first opportunity for an
+important cross-questioning I make a decided goose of myself. Pshaw! I
+wish some one would kick me! I deserve it!"
+
+When Beecham found Bracebridge and told him what he had done, the
+latter laughingly admitted the sentence which Jack had passed upon
+himself ought to be immediately executed, and volunteered to be the
+executioner.
+
+"You did make a mess, of it, certainly. There's no telling what the
+boy knows--much more than he will ever reveal, I'm thinking. We can
+now only wait for Roy. He wired that he would be here to-morrow
+morning."
+
+"'Rah for Roy! He's the one we want!" shouted Jack with renewed
+enthusiasm.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+SURPRISES FOR ROY
+
+
+Henning arrived at the Cuthberton depot at seven in the morning. In
+stepping from the sleeper he was surprised to see Ambrose Bracebridge
+awaiting him.
+
+"Welcome back, old fellow, to St. Cuthbert's," said Ambrose. "I was
+very sorry to hear of your loss. May she rest in peace," and the
+gentlemanly boy raised his hat reverently.
+
+"Thank you," said Roy, warmly shaking hands, "thanks. It was very
+sudden. Poor little Ethel died a saint if ever there was one."
+
+"I have not forgotten you in your absence. I have the promise of
+five Masses for her from the Fathers. I felt sure that would be
+pleasing to you."
+
+"Thanks, indeed!" He was touched by his friend's thoughtfulness, and
+the remembrance of Ethel brought a big lump into his throat, and for a
+moment there was a catching of the breath. "Excuse me, Ambrose. Your
+kindness--our sudden loss--my heart is wrenched--her--she--oh! you
+know how it is!"
+
+"Yes, yes, I know----"
+
+"And I have come back," said Roy, certainly irrelevantly, "I have come
+back under the most favorable conditions with respect to my father."
+
+"Yes?" answered Ambrose, quite ignorant of what the conditions might
+be. Roy saw that for all their talks, Bracebridge remembered nothing
+of the previous relations between himself and his father. He saw by
+his questioning "yes," and by his eyes, which were nothing less than
+interrogation points, that his friend was curious to learn more,
+although he delicately refrained from asking.
+
+"It's a long story, Brosie, old man. I can't tell it to you now on the
+platform here. I'll tell you some time to-day--after we have had
+breakfast. I am as hungry as a wolf. Let's go to a hotel and get
+breakfast."
+
+"No, the college carriage is outside waiting for you, and breakfast
+for four is to be ready by the time we get back."
+
+"For four?"
+
+"Why, yes. Didn't I tell you that Harry Gill and Jack are waiting
+outside in the carriage? The ticket man at the gate wouldn't let them
+in. I was the least suspicious-looking of the three, I suppose."
+
+"Let's be off, then," said Roy.
+
+Both made a grab simultaneously at Roy's suitcase.
+
+"No, you don't."
+
+"Yes, I do," answered Ambrose, keeping hold of it. They both tugged
+for a moment or two, much to the amusement of two ladies in an
+opposite train who burst out into merry laughter at the friendly
+contest.
+
+Warm greetings awaited Roy in the carriage. After the welcoming was
+over, and the delicate condolences tendered, Roy leaned over to Gill's
+ear and whispered something. Whatever the whispering was about it
+ended by Roy putting his finger over his lips as an admonition to
+remain silent.
+
+The information conveyed to Gill must have been of a startling nature
+for he immediately proceeded to behave as if he were suffering from a
+fit. He threw up his heels into Bracebridge's lap, clutched the
+carriage strap with one hand and Beecham's coat collar by the other,
+and began to scream at the top of his voice. Roy held his sides at the
+other's antics. Ambrose guessed the cause of Gill's jubilation, but
+Jack Beecham was quite in the dark.
+
+"Here! take this maniac off, or I'll soon be a physical wreck," he
+shouted.
+
+"By the way, Ambrose," asked Henning, "what is the great news you
+wired you had for me? But first how did the great game come off?"
+
+Then all three in their enthusiasm began to talk at once and
+independently of each other. Each described what he considered the
+beauties and fine points of the game.
+
+In the midst of this jumble of words, from which Roy managed to pick
+out a deal of information about the game, the carriage drove into the
+college grounds.
+
+The prefect at once hurried the four into the infirmary building where
+a somewhat elaborate breakfast had been prepared for them.
+
+"Get along, boys. Clear out now. These boys are hungry. You can see
+Roy after breakfast. There is plenty of time to hear all the news, if
+he has any to tell. Now, John, let no boy into the infirmary this
+morning without my permission."
+
+"All right, Mr. Shalford. I'll keep them out, sure enough," answered
+the kind old fellow who attended to the wants of the sick. This time
+he was as good as his word, for as soon as the four were fairly inside
+he shut the door and locked it.
+
+During the breakfast--such a breakfast the infirmarian explained he
+had to get up once in a while to keep his hand in for convalescents
+who had to be coaxed to eat to get strong, an explanation readily
+admitted by the four--Henning's three friends told him of the
+wind-storm and of the accident to Stockley. They told him how through
+Smithers' incoherence of speech they had first believed that Mr.
+Shalford had been crushed by the falling oak; how Stockley had been
+found beneath the branches, and, finally, how when he had returned to
+semi-consciousness he had uttered some very strange words which might
+mean nothing at all or a great deal for Henning. Roy, as he gradually
+learned the full particulars became very much interested and finally
+intensely excited. Was he going to have the wretched affair of the
+robbery cleared up at last? Did this boy know who the thief was? Could
+he point him out? Would he do so? And what if, after all, his
+suspicions about his own cousin should prove correct!
+
+While he was thus pondering, and listening to his friends' suggestions
+and information, Mr. Shalford came in.
+
+"Henning," he said, "you may be surprised that I did not let Garrett
+go to the depot to meet you. The fact is, these rascals here begged so
+hard that I could not find the heart to refuse them, and you know that
+the old-fashioned carriage will only hold four. To make amends I will
+send Garrett to you at once. He has asked several times to be allowed
+to come in, but I refused until you had finished your breakfast."
+
+A minute later Andrew Garrett entered, holding out his hand in
+sympathy to Roy, as he walked across the room. There was a wonderful
+change in the boy. He looked better than he had looked for months. The
+blotches and disfiguring pimples had disappeared. Healthy food,
+regular meals, and being much out of doors had effected that. But
+there was a change of countenance as well as of face. There was a look
+of candor not usually seen there of late. The eyes were steady and had
+lost much of their restlessness. There was at this moment a
+gratifying air about Garrett which plainly indicated that he wanted to
+repair any injustice and wrong which he had formerly done to his
+cousin.
+
+Henning was very much puzzled at the change, which was more apparent
+to him than to the others who witnessed the meeting.
+
+"Poor little cousin Ethel. Oh, Roy, I'm so sorry. She was such a
+charming child!"
+
+Roy looked at him in surprise. Could this be the boy who had done him
+so much injury and had kept the secret all these months? What to make
+of the tone, the evident look of candor, the change in Garrett, Roy
+did not know. Sensible fellow as he was, he made the most of it,
+judging that if the present meeting were merely a piece of good acting
+on Andrew's part, he would sooner or later find out the true state of
+affairs. So he offered his hand to Garrett and it was pressed with
+genuine sympathy.
+
+"And how does Aunty bear the shock?"
+
+Roy told him.
+
+"And mother? Did you see my mother?"
+
+"I did, Andrew, and she grieves quite as much as my mother and father.
+She sends her love, and Papa sends this with his kindest regards to
+his nephew."
+
+Roy gave the sealed envelope, containing the elder Henning's present.
+Garrett did not open it at once. He said:
+
+"I have several things I wish to say to you when we are alone. Of
+course you have heard by this time all about the accident to
+Stockley?"
+
+He then whispered to Roy:
+
+"There's more behind this than you think. Get rid of these fellows for
+a little while. I have a lot to say to you."
+
+"I can not just now," Roy whispered back. "You see they are in a way
+my guests for the present. To send them away would not only offend,
+but it would be very unkind."
+
+"Very well then; as soon as you can be alone in the yard this
+morning?"
+
+"All right."
+
+Garrett then joined in the general conversation around the breakfast
+table. Roy was much puzzled. He could not understand Andrew at all.
+Never during the whole time that Garrett had been with him at St.
+Cuthbert's had he acted in so cousinly a manner. Roy wondered whether
+the change had been brought about by Ethel's death. Yet unless Andrew
+was playing a much deeper game than his cousin gave him credit for
+being able to play, his advances--for they were in Roy's estimation
+distinct advances--were genuine. He gave up the problem as too hard of
+solution--and waited.
+
+His cogitations were soon cut short. The physician came down stairs
+from his morning visit to the injured boy.
+
+"No, I do not think the boy will die," they heard him remark to the
+infirmarian, "I am sure he will not, although he thinks he is going
+to. He'll be all right in a few weeks. What? I told you last
+night--two ribs and his arm."
+
+"Can he see any one?" asked the infirmarian.
+
+"He had better be kept quiet for a few days. By the way, he said
+something about wanting to see a Troy, or a Joy, or some such
+name--and some one else. Who was it, Denning, Heming, Henning--some
+such name."
+
+"It's all one person, doctor. It's Roy Henning he wants to see. May he
+see him?"
+
+"Yes, I think it would be better to let him see this boy as soon as
+he wishes. There appears to be something important that he has to say
+which he wants to get off his mind. Yes, let him see this boy--a chum
+of his, I suppose. Perhaps it will do him good. Can not do any harm."
+
+"A chum of his! Ugh!" said Roy, _sotto voce_. There was really so
+comical a look of disgust on his face that the other boys, who were
+watching him closely, burst out laughing. The infirmarian came in:
+
+"The doctor says ye can see the one with a broken arm, though what he
+do be wantin' ye for, I dunno. It's sorry I am to be hearing ye lost
+your sister, Master Roy, an' sure the Lord'll be having mercy on her."
+
+"Thank you very much, for your kind wishes."
+
+His friends now left him, wishing him all sorts of success in the
+interview. He thanked them, but did not go upstairs. Instead, he went
+to the window and looked out as if expecting some one. Some time later
+his friends were surprised to see him still standing there. Mr.
+Shalford thought that by this time the interview must be nearly over.
+He, too, was surprised to see Henning gazing out of the breakfast-room
+window. The prefect went over to him.
+
+"Why are you not talking with Stockley?" he asked rather sharply.
+
+"For two reasons, sir. I am a little nervous at present. You know how
+much depends for me on what that boy will say. I want to be cool, so I
+am waiting a little while. Secondly, I do not intend to go there
+alone."
+
+"Not go alone! Why! What do you mean? Are you afraid?"
+
+"No, sir. But if this fellow should, and somehow I think he can, say
+something to exculpate me, what good would his statement, or perhaps
+admission, be to me without witnesses? I should be just where I was
+before."
+
+"You are right. You should have witnesses. Whom do you want?"
+
+"Ambrose and Jack and Rob Jones, if you like, sir."
+
+"No; two are enough. I will send Bracebridge and Beecham to you at
+once."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+STOCKLEY'S STORY
+
+
+When our unfortunate treasurer of the pitching cage fund entered the
+sickroom he was scarcely prepared for what he found there. The room,
+to his imagination, resembled an emergency hospital. The air was
+impregnated with the odors of arnica, and iodine and ether--decidedly
+sickly smells to one coming in suddenly and not accustomed to them.
+
+On the table near the bed where Stockley was lying were a number of
+bottles, gauze, and sponges and the remains of a light breakfast. The
+boy was propped up with pillows, his broken arm in splints resting on
+one, while another was gently pressed against his fractured ribs.
+
+Stockley was not an ill-featured boy. It is true that he had somewhat
+neglected his personal appearance of late, but there was nothing about
+him that was really repulsive, and now after his alcohol bath and with
+his hair well brushed from his forehead he appeared quite presentable.
+He had a fine mouth and his eyes were large and clear. His forehead
+was high and intelligent, and notwithstanding his faults one could not
+fail to recognize a sort of innate nobility in him, and Roy discovered
+something more than even this as he watched him. He saw on his face a
+softened, chastened look. His countenance showed that softening effect
+which appears in so peculiar yet unmistakable a way immediately
+after receiving one of the sacraments of the Church. His look was
+subdued and yet exalted. There was a species of radiance on the face
+which Roy felt he could not define, but yet was quite discernible.
+There was also a change of manner of speech. Stockley had been very
+close to the gates of death and that tremendous fact had changed his
+views, and the sacrament of Penance had the effect of softening his
+hitherto somewhat hard exterior conduct and manner and he was even now
+under the apprehension that it was quite doubtful whether he would
+recover from his injuries, although the physician had told him that
+unless most unexpected complications ensued there was no danger. He
+was nevertheless quite frightened, and was now very serious. It must
+not be understood, however, that the story he told was due to his
+fright, for he had quite a different motive in relating what he did.
+
+Roy saw the change in the boy, yet he could not help but regard him
+with disfavor, although he determined to be perfectly just to him. He
+was anxious, also, to keep his wits about him in order to lose nothing
+of what might be said. In justice to himself he meant to get the whole
+story, although in his heart of hearts he had the sickening dread that
+this boy lying wounded and bruised before him would confirm his worst
+fears concerning his cousin Garrett.
+
+Henning realized that the present moment was a critical one in his
+life; that now, or perhaps never, would all suspicion be removed. He
+felt that if this interview should result in nothing not already
+known, and he remain under the unjust and cruel suspicion, it would
+compel him to reconsider seriously his purpose of entering the
+seminary. Was there not also a possibility that the bishop would
+reject him--would be compelled to reject him--upon learning that his
+character for honesty was impugned?
+
+All this and much more he saw as he stood by the bedside of the
+injured boy, waiting for him to speak. While waiting he offered a
+fervent prayer to the Sacred Heart for direction for himself, and that
+if it were in Stockley's power to do so, he might clear up everything.
+
+To see Henning at this moment one would never imagine that he was very
+much excited. His two friends thought he was taking the matter very
+coolly. He stood at the bedside with his hands in the side pockets of
+his trousers, and with as much apparent nonchalance as if he were
+watching a ball-game.
+
+Perceiving that Stockley would not, or at least did not begin the
+conversation, he remarked:
+
+"I am sorry that you have met with so serious and so terrible an
+accident."
+
+There was no reply. Stockley put out his uninjured hand, but Roy did
+not take it. He felt that there was something in the character of the
+boy lying before him that was entirely antagonistic to his own
+character and disposition. They were the opposites of each other in
+almost everything. The one was animated with noble and generous
+impulses, with exalted ideals of life and duty and goodness. The
+other, as far as Roy had known him, was the antithesis of all this.
+Seeing that Stockley did not speak, he again made an attempt to open
+the conversation.
+
+"The infirmarian tells me that you wish to say something to me."
+
+"Yes," said the other in a low voice. He was really suffering a great
+deal of pain. "Yes, won't you all take chairs? Sit down, all of
+you."
+
+"Thanks, I prefer to stand," said Roy, but the other two found seats.
+
+"But it is rather a long story I have determined to tell. It will take
+some time."
+
+Roy sat down.
+
+"That's right. It makes it easier for me to say what I am going to
+tell."
+
+Henning nodded his head, without venturing a reply.
+
+"You seem rather sour with me."
+
+"No. Excuse me if I appear so. I am anxious to hear what you have to
+say."
+
+"By the way, where is Smithers? Why hasn't he been up here to see me?
+Where is he?"
+
+"I know nothing about him. You know I have only arrived from home this
+morning. As yet I have no news of the yard."
+
+"Well, he might have come, seeing how thick we have been. But there!
+I'm not going to say anything about him, or about anybody but myself."
+
+Roy nodded his head in approbation.
+
+"Ah! that suits you. You pious fellows are so particular about what is
+said about one's neighbor. I must be careful. You are right, of
+course, and besides I received a pretty close call, up there on the
+hillside, so I am going to try to undo some of the harm I have done.
+The chaplain has urged me, too."
+
+"Yes, be careful, please. But what is your story?"
+
+"I was brought up," he began in a low voice, "in a strange,
+unwholesome way. I suppose heredity, or at least environment, must
+have something to do with my tendencies and disposition. The only
+piece of good fortune I have had was in being sent to St. Cuthbert's,
+but, now when it is too late, I see how I have missed my chances here.
+Ever since I can remember, my father has been a heavy drinker and our
+home has been one of squalid discomfort, and I became more or less
+soured with everything and everybody and found myself doing many a
+mean thing. Do you know who it was who put the suspicion of theft on
+you? Three of us worked that, or strictly speaking, two; It was I and
+Smithers, and occasionally--once in a great while--your cousin
+Garrett."
+
+"So I have thought all along; in fact I knew it," said Henning,
+"but why on earth did you do such a thing? Do you not know how much
+I have suffered from this? And you must know how terribly hard this
+was to bear."
+
+"I know very well. Why did we do it? I, for one, was thoroughly
+envious of your popularity. I was angry, as a good many others were,
+at your refusal to play baseball or football. I did not, and to tell
+you the truth, do not like you, and I wanted to do something to vex
+you. Of course I see these things now in a different light after
+confession. You know I have been to confession, don't you."
+
+"I suspected as much. I am glad of that. So you started the cowardly
+rumor against my honesty all the time knowing I was innocent."
+
+Henning was determined to be diplomatic, so the question was not put
+as in anger, or with any apparent excitement or resentment, but rather
+as if he were helping the boy make a full confession by suggesting to
+him facts known to both.
+
+"Yes, I acted this way knowing you to be innocent," answered Stockley.
+
+"Did you realize that you might have ruined me for life?"
+
+"To be honest, I never dreamed of such a result. It was done simply to
+annoy you, and for no other reason, on my part."
+
+"Did you suggest this to Garrett or he to you?" asked Roy.
+
+"To do him justice, I must say that we, Smithers and I, suggested it
+to him. We had a hard job to bring him over, in fact he never did
+really come over. He would never let the letter be circulated."
+
+"Letter! What letter? What do you mean?"
+
+"Don't you know? That was my biggest card and it fell flat. Don't
+know? Oh, well, if you don't know about the letter, you must ask your
+cousin. He wouldn't give it up. I guess he's got it yet."
+
+Roy was much mystified. He could not imagine what the letter could be,
+or what bearing it had on the case.
+
+"Stockley, you have told us some things of importance. Now will you
+not go farther? You know I am innocent of the robbery, and of any
+possible connection with it?"
+
+"No doubt about that," said the other.
+
+"Now to make your story complete, and of immense value to me, will you
+not reiterate your statement before Bracebridge and Beecham here that
+you know me to be innocent of all the charges which have been
+circulated about me in the yard?"
+
+"Why, yes. I repeat emphatically that you are guiltless of them all."
+
+"Thanks! thanks! You are sure of what you say?"
+
+"Quite sure. You are scot-free."
+
+"Thanks again. Now, Stockley, as you are quite sure, do you not see
+the only way in which you can convince others that you are correct is
+to admit you know the thief?"
+
+The boy on the bed laughed.
+
+"Well, Henning, I suppose you think you have caught me nicely. You
+think I have either said too much or too little. If I had not been to
+confession I should not have allowed you to drive me into this
+corner, but I did not intend to stop at this. Yes, I will tell you the
+name of the thief."
+
+"Who is he?" asked Roy, as calmly as he could, although he felt
+himself half choking with suppressed excitement.
+
+"I must continue my story. When I have done you will know. What time
+is it?"
+
+"Twenty minutes to ten," answered Roy.
+
+"You've got it yet," said the boy, pointing his finger at Roy's watch,
+which he still held in his hand.
+
+"What? The watch? Oh! yes." It was a rather small gold hunting-case
+watch.
+
+"That watch was the cause of the robbery," said Stockley dramatically.
+Henning clicked the watch shut with a start, and put it back in his
+pocket.
+
+"This watch the cause of the robbery! What on earth are you talking
+about? Your senses must be leaving you----"
+
+"Just wait. You'll soon see I'm not wandering. Why should there be
+such an unequal distribution of wealth, and of the good things of the
+world? Why can you have all that heart can desire, and why must I get
+along with a mere pittance, just enough to make me wince under my own
+indigence? Look at my father and yours; my home and your home. Your
+father is a wealthy and honored lawyer with a home like a palace;
+mine, as I said before, one of squalid discomfort. My father gave me
+five dollars to get through the school year with, yours probably gave
+you a hundred."
+
+Henning began to pity the boy. Laying his hand gently on Stockley he
+said:
+
+"Hold on. I begin to catch your view, but you are getting on too fast.
+I am going to tell you something which I have never breathed to a
+living soul. Do you know how much money I had to spend this year?"
+
+"As I said," replied the other, "about a hundred, or perhaps much
+more."
+
+"You are mistaken. I had just twenty-five dollars--not one cent
+more--and you see that's a very small amount for me, because I am
+supposed--just as you suppose now--to have plenty."
+
+"Oh! Come off! You gave Smithers nearly ten!"
+
+"I know it, and it left me fifteen."
+
+Jack and Ambrose were never so surprised in their lives--and felt like
+cheering. Stockley remained silent. This was a revelation to him. He
+had supposed that a rich man's son, because he was a rich man's son,
+always had all the money he wanted. He was sharp enough to realize
+Roy's position during the year.
+
+"My, that must have been hard on you!"
+
+"It was hard," replied Roy.
+
+Another long pause. The injured boy was thinking new thoughts.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+STOCKLEY'S STORY (CONTINUED)
+
+
+"I've been thinking," said Stockley, at length breaking the silence.
+"I've been thinking that if I had known last Christmas what you have
+told me now things might have happened very differently. I guess I am
+not the only fellow who has seen hard lines here. Yes, things would
+have been different."
+
+"How so?" asked Henning.
+
+"It's this way. I told you that it was your gold watch that was the
+cause--or the occasion--of all the trouble that came to you. It
+happened this way. For some time before Christmas I envied you, your
+good clothes, this gold watch, and--and your popularity. Along by
+Christmas my father neglected me. He sent me no money, which he might
+easily have done had he given me one thought. The more nearly broke I
+was at holiday time the deeper my envy. I knew, for I watched you
+closely, that you were collecting a pretty sum for the cage. I saw
+where you kept the money. The idea of securing a gold watch for myself
+took strong hold upon me. It did not take long or many attempts to
+loosen one of the outside window bars. Then on the _Richelieu_ night
+when everybody was full of thoughts of the play, when the prefects
+were hurrying the boys to bed, I entered through the window and
+secured the money."
+
+"And it wasn't--it wasn't--" Roy choked up.
+
+"Who? It wasn't anybody but myself. Smithers had no hand in it
+then."
+
+Roy Henning's heart gave a great bound of relief. It was not his
+cousin, after all. Thank God, thank God! The family honor was saved!
+How glad he was now of his silence! Was ever silence so golden? What
+irretrievable damage a hasty word could have done. The thief known, on
+his own confession, and before witnesses. His cousin exonerated! Thank
+God, thank God! Of course Roy was curious now to know all the details
+and it was with the utmost difficulty that he restrained his
+excitement sufficiently to be able to speak in a natural tone.
+
+"How did you manage to do it?"
+
+"Umph! This information which you have been seeking for the last five
+months does not seem to affect you much."
+
+"With that we can deal later. Now I am curious to know how you did it.
+Please tell me."
+
+"As you take the matter so coolly, I will. I laid my plans well. I
+determined, if caught in lifting the grating, to be hunting for a
+ball, which I had previously dropped down there. I watched my time. I
+made the entry while the boys were in the chapel at night prayers. I
+settled with myself that if I were caught coming out, to bring the
+money to you to prove to you how foolish you were to leave it in a
+common table drawer. In the dark it took only a minute to lift the
+grating. You know that it is thick iron with small holes. Three boys
+did actually walk over the grating that night while I was crouching
+beneath it with the money in my pocket."
+
+Henning startled both Stockley and his companions by saying,
+dramatically:
+
+"I saw you that night there."
+
+"What, you saw me! Oh, I say, that's a likely story--and didn't say a
+word all this time!"
+
+"I can prove it."
+
+"How?"
+
+"Why did you wear Garrett's blue sweater?"
+
+"Guess you did see me then, for I wore it. I wanted a disguise. If any
+one saw me near that window with Garrett's sweater on they would take
+me for him, provided I hid my face well--which I did. No one would
+suspect Garrett of thieving."
+
+Again Henning was thankful that he had kept his resolution of silence.
+It was not for Garrett's sake he had made it. Why it was made, and
+kept in the face of such suspicious circumstances, the reader will
+learn ere long.
+
+"Did you purchase the gold watch you wanted with your--your ill-gotten
+gains?"
+
+"I did not. I was afraid to do so. I saw at once if I did I should
+compromise myself. I saw that I should have to tell where I got the
+money for such a purpose. Everybody, and especially the faculty, knew
+that I did not have overmuch pocket-money. My common-sense, after all,
+told me I could not use the money here. So I made myself a felon for
+nothing. What is left--most of it--is now with the President."
+
+Stockley paused a minute, and then continued:
+
+"Don't think this is an easy task for me, boys. I promised the
+chaplain to straighten things out, and as you had to have the
+essentials, you might as well have the details also. I shall never
+face the boys again, for as soon as I can be moved I am to be sent
+home. Anyway, Henning, I like the way you received the story."
+
+"I am very thankful to you that you make it so clear and
+circumstantial."
+
+"You remember in the early spring there was a good deal of money spent
+by the boys. If I remember rightly you yourself bought a number of
+books, bats, balls, and shoes. Well, at that time I ventured to
+spend some, but I was horribly suspicious all the time. Somehow I
+imagined that every dollar I spent was marked in some invisible way
+and would be traced back to me. No, I tell you that has done me no
+good, given me not one moment of satisfaction, and has only added an
+extra burden to my conscience."
+
+"Did Smithers have a hand in this thievery?" asked Roy.
+
+"Leave others out. You said that to me just now, and now you are
+trying to get some one else incriminated."
+
+"No, I am not. I am merely acting in self-defense. You have cleared me
+of all suspicion. I must, if he was implicated in this wretched
+affair, have him clear me also."
+
+"You need not bother about Smithers," said Bracebridge; "that charming
+and courageous individual departed for unknown pastures between two
+suns. You will see him no more. The boys say he is daffy on account of
+the storm. Let it go at that, Roy."
+
+Henning was surprised at this news, but not altogether pleased.
+Matters had thus far gone so propitiously that he wanted every knot in
+the tangle straightened out.
+
+"That's all right, Roy," said Bracebridge. "There will be no more
+trouble from that quarter." He then turned to Stockley, saying:
+
+"I must say that we are obliged to you for your candor. It is rather a
+manly acknowledgment after all."
+
+"You see, I went to confession last night, and----"
+
+"I understand. You are properly trying to undo the wrong you have
+done. You will never be able to undo the mental torture you have
+inflicted on Henning all these months."
+
+"I never shall. I am sorry for all that now, and I ask your pardon,
+Henning."
+
+The three boys were discovering that there was something manly in
+Stockley after all.
+
+"That's all right," said Roy heartily. "It's all over now. Try and
+keep straight for the future."
+
+"Now," said Bracebridge, "there is only one thing more to be done. Of
+course you will sign a paper exonerating Henning from all possible
+implication, now you have acknowledged your own guilt. Our word as
+witnesses would be sufficient, but it would come with better grace
+from you, don't you think so?"
+
+"There's not much gracefulness in the whole wretched business, I'm
+thinking, but I'll sign."
+
+That afternoon, with the permission of the prefect, there was posted
+on the bulletin board a notice which created more intense excitement
+than anything since the loss of the money during the Christmas
+holidays. It ran as follows:
+
+ "This is to certify that I, of my own free will and
+ without coercion, admit that I stole the seventy-two dollars
+ last Christmas week, and that no one now at the college had
+ the least thing to do with planning or carrying out the
+ theft except myself."
+
+ "JOHN STOCKLEY."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+THE UNRAVELED TANGLE
+
+
+Unpleasant as the interview had been to Roy, he no sooner left the
+sickroom than he found his spirits rise with a great bound. At last!
+At last he was cleared! Now the way was smoothed for him. All
+aspersions on his character would be scattered like the morning mist
+before the sun, as soon as the contents of the precious paper were
+made known.
+
+The three boys left the infirmary at about half an hour after eleven
+o'clock. In a quarter of an hour classes would be dismissed for the
+day, it being a customary half-holiday.
+
+Jack Beecham was eager to post the notice on the bulletin board at
+once. They took the wiser and safer course. They decided to see the
+prefect first, as nothing appeared on the board without his sanction,
+and when it did it was regarded as official.
+
+"Come in," they heard him call in response to their rap at the door.
+
+"Great news, Mr. Shalford!" shouted Jack Beecham before he entered the
+room. "Everything's settled. Roy's all right now. The head of the
+clique has done it this time--in black and white, too; see, sir."
+
+Mr. Shalford arose, smiling, and extended his hand to Henning.
+
+"I am very glad. It has been an ugly business. It has caused no end of
+anxiety. The rumors and charges were always so intangible that I never
+could trace one to its source. But let me see the paper."
+
+This boys' true friend gave a low whistle as he read Stockley's
+acknowledgment.
+
+"So you are cleared, Henning; and the thief is known? That's capital.
+Poor boy! Isn't it too bad, boys, to find a student--one of us--a thief,
+a burglar, a felon! Oh, the pity of it! Well, pray for him, boys, pray
+for him. Leave this note with me, Henning. I'll see that it does its
+work. Congratulations, all of you. Whatever you have, Roy, you have some
+loyal friends. Congratulations, congratulations, all of you!"
+
+The note was immediately posted. Then the excitement began, at first
+among half-a-dozen around the board, then among other groups, and in a
+very short time throughout the college. George McLeod and Ernest
+Winters simply went wild, and in less than an hour they could scarcely
+speak at all, so hoarse were they from shouting.
+
+Where was Henning? A rush was made to the Philosophy classroom. He was
+not there. Perhaps he was with the rector or the prefect of studies.
+Both these places were invaded by excited boys, but Roy was not
+forthcoming.
+
+Just as the big bell rang for dinner, George McLeod made a rush for
+the chapel, sure that he would find his friend there. And there he did
+find the three, Jack, Ambrose, and Roy, pouring out their thanksgiving
+with grateful hearts for the happy turn events had taken.
+
+"Come, Roy; it's dinner. The big bell has rung; come on."
+
+Roy did not move, nor did his companions. He evidently intended to
+avoid the crowd, waiting until they should all be at dinner, knowing
+that in the refectory they would have to remain quiet.
+
+This time he miscalculated entirely. No sooner did he make his
+appearance than the whole of the students of the senior refectory rose
+to their feet and gave three hearty cheers for Roy Henning. The
+prefect made no attempt to stop the demonstration, while Ernest
+Winters, out in the middle of the room, was fairly dancing with joy
+and excitement.
+
+At a given signal from Mr. Shalford all cheering ceased. Every one
+resumed his seat--except Ernest, who danced on in his glee, to the
+intense amusement of all, and to his own utter confusion when he
+discovered that he was the only boy now making any noise in the
+refectory.
+
+Before the laugh at his expense had subsided the prefect whispered to
+Roy:
+
+"Shall I give talking at table in honor of the event?"
+
+"To-morrow, please, sir," replied Roy, "now I want to think a little."
+
+Mr. Shalford gave a look and a nod to the reader, and the meal, save
+for the reader's voice, was finished in silence.
+
+If the boys were not allowed to talk for a little while, there was no
+lack of signs and signals. Harry Gill was frantic to signal across the
+room his congratulations, and had a fit of coughing for trying to eat
+his dinner and at the same time send a series of telegraphic messages
+to Roy.
+
+Henning was pleased to see that Andrew Garrett was quite demonstrative
+of good will. Andrew, for a long time tried to catch his cousin's eye.
+When he did so, he dropped his knife and fork and imitated a
+handshaking. Roy did the same to his cousin, and was repaid by seeing
+a look of intense pleasure spread over Andrew's face.
+
+Of course all these signs and signals and other unusual occurrences
+were breaches of discipline which, at any other time would not have
+gone unchecked and unpunished. But Mr. Shalford knew exactly "how it
+was." He had been a real boy himself once, and knew exactly when not
+to see too much. He believed in the scriptural motto, "Be not over
+just."
+
+And after dinner! What a scene the yard presented for a few minutes!
+The delighted boys shook Roy's hand until his arm fairly ached. His
+arm ached because he allowed it to be shaken by others, instead of
+himself shaking every hand extended. In this business he was
+unexperienced.
+
+In the midst of the enthusiasm, which resembled that which follows an
+important and successful baseball game, only more intense, Harry Gill
+jumped upon a long bench by the wall and shouted:
+
+"Listen, gentlemen. I have good news for you. Hi, there! listen.
+Listen there, boys, listen, listen! Roy Henning has promised to pitch
+for the rest of the year! Did--you--hear that--boys?"
+
+Roy suddenly remembered that he had intended to give Gill the credit for
+this. He jumped on the bench in a second. Raising his hand, the hero of
+the hour obtained silence in a much shorter time than Gill had done.
+
+"If I pitch for the rest of the year," he said, "it is all Gill's
+fault. I simply could not resist his importunities. Oh, he's a sly
+one!"
+
+"It isn't," said Gill laughing.
+
+"It is."
+
+"It is not."
+
+"It is."
+
+Then there was a cheer which could be heard down at Cuthberton.
+
+After a time Roy, Jack, Ambrose, and Rob Jones extricated themselves
+from the throng of happy boys, and with Gill and Andrew Garrett
+repaired to the Philosophy classroom, or Hilson's parlor, as it was
+called, which the other members of the class considerately left at
+their disposal for the time being.
+
+"Oh, what a day we're having!" sighed Jack Beecham as he sank into a
+chair.
+
+"Glorious, isn't it?" said the jubilant Bracebridge.
+
+"And now that we are alone," began Andrew Garrett, "that is, among
+special friends, I want to say something."
+
+All were silent in an instant. Gill, who did not appear to have
+realized the previous strained relations between the two cousins began
+to say something funny, but he was checked by an unmistakably
+significant glance from Ambrose, who had become quite serious, for he
+rather expected a scene, if not an explosion. Shealey, who had come
+in, was too full of fun and nonsense to imagine that anybody just now
+could be serious, but when he saw the nervous look on Ambrose's face,
+and the evident nervousness of Garrett, he, too, realized that it was
+time to suspend bantering.
+
+All the friends were standing in a group around Henning, laughing and
+chattering as only boys thoroughly happy can laugh and chatter, when
+Garrett began to speak. At the sound of his voice, they all, with Roy
+in the center, turned and faced Garrett as he stood two or three feet
+away.
+
+"I want to say something," Garrett began again, "and I think it only
+fair, Roy, to say it before these others, as well as to you."
+
+Henning bowed slightly, having only a faint idea of what was coming.
+At present he was too pleased to know that Garrett was not implicated
+and that the family name was untarnished.
+
+"I want to say that I consider myself to have been a pretty mean and
+small sort of a fellow in this whole business."
+
+"Oh! Don't----" began Roy in protest.
+
+"Wait a minute, Roy. This is the task I have set myself, for it seems
+to me the only possible way in which I can make reparation. I want to
+say that I had a good deal to do with those rumors. I got in, somehow,
+with a crowd of boys I ought to have been ashamed to associate with.
+How it all happened I don't exactly know. Things went from bad to
+worse with me, and pretty far, too. It seems a dream to me now. About
+a week ago suddenly I began to realize my position. How this
+realization came about I don't know. It must have been dear little
+Ethel's prayers for me, but I began to think of my position, think of
+what I was doing, and, yes, to think of the sin of it all. You were
+away, Roy, and when I remembered your trouble and grief at home, and
+when, finally, your brotherly telegram came, I began to be thoroughly
+ashamed of myself. So now all I can do is to ask your pardon, and the
+pardon of all these, your loyal and staunch friends."
+
+As he listened to this manly avowal, there arose in Roy Henning's
+breast an admiration for his cousin's moral courage. The other
+auditors were deeply impressed. They waited with curiosity to see what
+Roy would do. And he? He did precisely what might be expected of him.
+Without saying a word, he stepped forward, took Garrett's hand and
+shook it warmly. Then:
+
+"It's all over, old man. Let bygones be bygones. I forgive everything
+and forget."
+
+"Thanks, very much. I do not deserve this, but you shall see I shall
+deserve it."
+
+There was a world of pathos and earnestness in Andrew's voice at that
+moment.
+
+The rest of the gathering of friends extended their hands, and Andrew
+shook hands all around.
+
+"Now," said Roy, "will you permit me to ask a few questions, to clear
+up some obscure points in my mind?"
+
+"Certainly; anything," said Andrew, with alacrity.
+
+"How did that wretched Stockley come to wear your blue sweater? He
+tells me he did, and, besides, I saw him get down below that grating
+that night and I thought it was you."
+
+"Thought it was me!" said Garrett in the greatest amazement. "You
+thought it was I, and all this time you thought I was the thief, and
+yet stood all I said against you, and never said a word! Oh, Roy! No
+wonder on that Sunday afternoon you insisted on my clearing you!"
+
+Andrew Garrett appeared to be fairly overcome by his cousin's
+generosity.
+
+"Why, oh, why didn't I know all this before? How differently I would
+have acted. Believe me, it is only this very day I learned that the
+thief wore my sweater that night. Before going to bed on the night of
+the play I hung my sweater on a peg in the study-hall. The next
+morning I saw that it had been used by some one, for there were dirt
+stains on it and some rust marks from contact with rusty iron. I
+determined not to wear it after that. I had no idea the thief had used
+it, though."
+
+"Thanks," said Roy. "Now one more question, Andrew."
+
+"Fire away."
+
+"This morning Stockley said something about a letter which you knew
+something of--one in some way connected with me. Can you tell me
+anything about it?"
+
+Now it so happened that the affair of the letter was the only
+incident in the untoward conduct of Garrett for many months past in
+which he could take any kind of satisfaction. It will be remembered
+that he had refused to allow Stockley and Smithers to circulate it
+among the boys. He had retained it ever since.
+
+"That's easy enough," he answered, as he drew the crumpled letter from
+his pocket.
+
+"But I have to ask you a question now, for the wording of the letter
+certainly looks compromising enough. Listen to this, gentlemen."
+Andrew read the scrap of paper to the astonished listeners.
+
+ "Dec. 23rd. My dear chum: Your letter received last
+ Monday. Sorry to say that"--"here's a blank," said Garrett,
+ and then continued, "have no money just now, so can not do the
+ thing you wish. Awfully sorry. Feel like stealing the money
+ rather than letting this thing go undone. However, wait
+ till the end of Christmas week. Something's going to turn
+ up before that--then we can go into partnership in this, at
+ least for the merit--keep everything dark. Don't say a word
+ to anybody about it. Mind, now, chum, everything must be
+ kept secret or--smash! Yours, Roy H."
+
+When Garrett began to read the note, Henning looked puzzled. After a
+time he seemed to remember all about it, and then he--blushed.
+
+"Oh! that's----" but he stopped suddenly. He was going to make a
+revelation of some kind, and suddenly thought better of it. He blushed
+profusely--like a girl. He was awkward. For a moment he appeared
+embarrassed in no slight degree. Twice he was going to say something;
+twice he changed his mind.
+
+His friends were very much puzzled. Was there a shade of truth in
+some of the charges made against Roy after all? Had their idol fallen?
+Was he, after all, not to be their hero? Was he a lesser character
+than all along they had judged him?
+
+Roy saw these fleeting fancies on their wavering faces, all except
+Ambrose's. He never doubted, nor did he show the least sign of
+wavering. Roy saw wonder and incipient doubt elsewhere, at which he
+blushed the more furiously.
+
+The situation was certainly dramatic. A climax had come to-day. Was
+there, after all, to be an anticlimax? Was the idol to be shattered at
+the very last moment?
+
+"What does it all mean, Roy?" asked Garrett.
+
+"I would rather not say," was the reply.
+
+"You had better, Roy," said Bracebridge, in confidential tones.
+
+Still blushing, Roy said:
+
+"I say, you fellows, you don't mean to say there is anything crooked
+in this, do you?"
+
+"No," replied Andrew Garrett, "but an enemy of yours could make mighty
+good capital out of it all the same. Tell us what it means, Roy."
+
+"If you must know, then, it's merely this," answered Roy, a little
+angrily, not exactly with his friends, but more at the exigencies of
+the situation. "There is a poor--quite poor--student in a seminary who
+is and has been a great friend of mine, in fact pretty much of a hero,
+as you would say if you knew his story. He had the greatest longing to
+get home last Christmas to see his widowed mother after years of
+absence. He could not afford it, and, like a real friend, asked me to
+assist him. Unfortunately my funds were very low--too low to help him.
+I expected that my mother would send me her usual Christmas present. I
+found out that she was willing to do so, and I wrote to her to send
+most of it to my friend instead. There's your great mystery! I was
+short of funds because my father cut down my allowance this year."
+
+"So that's the reason you were so close this year?" asked Andrew.
+
+"What?"
+
+"Because your father cut down, and yet, by Jove! you were willing to
+send what you did get to some one else. Well, I call that noble,
+indeed I do. Oh, I wish I had known all this before! If I had but
+known! If I had----"
+
+"Say, you fellows, haven't you done catechising me?" said Roy Henning,
+attempting to divert their attention from himself.
+
+"If you please, cousin, one more question," said Andrew.
+
+Roy made a wry face, and a mock gesture of impatience.
+
+"You would try the patience of a saint!"
+
+"May I?"
+
+"Well, fire ahead."
+
+"You say that all along you thought I was the thief?"
+
+"I certainly did, Andrew," answered Roy, serious in a minute, "for no
+one but you here ever wore a blue sweater."
+
+"Then why did you not, especially as I had acted so meanly toward
+you--why did you not do or say something that would point suspicion to
+me, or openly make the charge?"
+
+The question aroused considerable emotion in Roy's breast. It showed
+itself in the workings of the muscles of his cheeks. Taking Andrew
+Garrett by the hand, he looked into his eyes.
+
+"Shall I tell you, Andrew?"
+
+"Yes, please do."
+
+"If I spoke or moved in this I knew it would break your mother's
+heart."
+
+Andrew could stand no more. He broke down. Boy as he was, with all a
+boy's natural distaste for displaying emotion before others, he was
+not ashamed to rest his head for a moment on his cousin's shoulder and
+sob. The only words that fell from his lips were:
+
+"Noble Roy!"
+
+
+
+
+PRINTED BY BENZIGER BROTHERS, NEW YORK.
+
+
+
+
+Benziger Brothers' New Plan for Disseminating Catholic Literature
+
+A NEW PLAN FOR SECURING
+
+Catholic Books on Easy Payments
+
+ Small Monthly Payments. Books Delivered Immediately.
+ All New Copyright Works by the Foremost Writers
+
+PRINTED FROM NEW PLATES, ON GOOD PAPER, SUBSTANTIALLY BOUND IN CLOTH
+
+A MOST LIBERAL OFFER!
+
+ The following pages contain a list of the books in our
+ Catholic Circulating Library which can be had from us on
+ the easy-payment plan.
+
+ Though the books are sold on easy payments, the prices are
+ lower than the regular advertised prices.
+
+ Any library advertised in these pages will be sent to you
+ immediately on receipt of $1.00.
+
+
+CATHOLIC CIRCULATING LIBRARY
+
+ THE PLAN FOR FORMING
+ == READING CIRCLES ==
+
+Dues only 10 Cents a Month.
+
+A New Book Every Month $12 Worth of Books to Read
+
+Total Cost for a Year, $1.20
+
+THIS EXPLAINS THE PLAN
+
+You form a Reading Club, say of twelve members, and order one of the
+Libraries from us.
+
+Each member pays you ten cents a month, and you remit us $1.00 a
+month, thus paying us for the books.
+
+_On receipt of the first dollar we will send you a complete library._
+You give each member a book. After a month all the members return
+their books to you and you give them another one. The books are
+exchanged in this way every month till the members have read the
+twelve volumes in the Library. After the twelfth month the books may
+be divided among the members (each getting one book to keep) or the
+books may be given to your Pastor for a parish library.
+
+Then you can order from us a second library on the same terms as
+above. In this way you can keep up your Reading Circle from year to
+year at a trifling cost.
+
+_On the following pages will be found a list of the books in the
+different Libraries. They are the best that can be had._
+
+MAIL A DOLLAR BILL TO-DAY AND ANY LIBRARY WILL BE FORWARDED AT ONCE
+
+ THE OTHER PLAN
+
+ Or if, instead of forming a Reading Circle, you wish to get
+ a Library for yourself or your family, all you need do is
+ to remit a dollar bill and any Library will be forwarded to
+ you at once. Then you pay One Dollar a month.
+
+BENZIGER BROTHERS
+
+NEW YORK: 36-38 Barclay Street.
+
+CINCINNATI: 343 Main Street.
+
+CHICAGO: 211-213 Madison Street.
+
+
+ Dues, 10c.
+ a Month
+
+Catholic Circulating Library
+
+ 2 New Books
+ Every Month
+
+JUVENILE BOOKS
+
+20 Copyrighted Stories for the Young, by the Best Authors
+
+Special net price, $10.00
+
+You get the books at once, and have the use of them, while making
+easy payments
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on first page
+
+Juvenile Library A
+
+TOM PLAYFAIR; OR, MAKING A START. By REV. F.J. FINN, S.J. "The best
+boy's book that ever came from the press."
+
+THE CAVE BY THE BEECH FORK. By REV. H.S. SPALDING, S.J. "This is a
+story full of go and adventure."
+
+HARRY RUSSELL, A ROCKLAND COLLEGE BOY. By REV. J.E. COPUS, S.J.
+"Father Copus takes the college hero where Father Finn has left him,
+through the years to graduation."
+
+CHARLIE CHITTYWICK. By REV. DAVID BEARNE, S.J. Father Bearne shows a
+wonderful knowledge and fine appreciation of boy character. There is
+no mark of mawkishness in the book.
+
+NAN NOBODY. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. "Keeps one fascinated till the last
+page is reached."
+
+LOYAL BLUE AND ROYAL SCARLET. By MARION A. TAGGART. "Will help keep
+awake the strain of hero worship and ideal patriotism."
+
+THE GOLDEN LILY. By KATHARINE T. HINKSON. "Another proof of the
+author's wonderful genius."
+
+THE MYSTERIOUS DOORWAY. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "A bright, sparkling
+book."
+
+OLD CHARLMONT'S SEED-BED. By SARA T. SMITH. "A delightful story of
+Southern school life."
+
+THE MADCAP SET AT ST. ANNE'S. By MARION J. BRUNOWE. "Plenty of fun
+and frolic, with high moral principle."
+
+BUNT AND BILL. By CLARA MULHOLLAND. "There are passages of true
+pathos and humor in this pretty tale."
+
+THE FLOWER OF THE FLOCK. By MAURICE F. EGAN. "They are by no means
+faultless young people and their hearts lie in the right places."
+
+PICKLE AND PEPPER. By ELLA L. DORSEY. "This story is clever and
+witty--there is not a dull page."
+
+A HOSTAGE OF WAR. By MARY G. BONESTEEL. "A wide-awake story, brimful
+of incident and easy humor."
+
+AN EVERY DAY GIRL. By MARY T. CROWLEY. "One of the few tales that
+will appeal to the heart of every girl."
+
+AS TRUE AS GOLD. By MARY E. MANNIX. "This book will make a name for
+itself."
+
+AN HEIR OF DREAMS. By S.M. O'MALLEY. "The book is destined to become
+a true friend of our boys."
+
+THE MYSTERY OF HORNBY HALL. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "Sure to stir the
+blood of every real boy and to delight with its finer touches the
+heart of every true girl."
+
+TWO LITTLE GIRLS. By LILLIAN MACK. "A real tale of real children."
+
+ RIDINGDALE FLOWER SHOW. By REV. DAVID BEARNE, S.J. "His sympathy
+with boyhood is so evident and his understanding so perfect."
+
+
+20 Copyrighted Stories for the Young
+
+By the Best Catholic Writers
+
+SPECIAL NET PRICE, $10.00
+
+$1.00 down, $1.00 a month
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on preceding pages
+
+Juvenile Library B
+
+HIS FIRST AND LAST APPEARANCE. By REV. F.J. FINN, S.J. Profusely
+illustrated. "A delightful story by Father Finn, which will be
+popular with the girls as well as with the boys."
+
+THE SHERIFF OF THE BEECH FORK. By REV. H.S. SPALDING, S.J. "From the
+outset the reader's attention is captivated and never lags."
+
+SAINT CUTHBERT'S. By REV. J.E. COPUS, S.J. "A truly inspiring tale,
+full of excitement."
+
+THE TAMING OF POLLY. By ELLA LORAINE DORSEY. "Polly with her cool
+head, her pure heart and stern Western sense of justice."
+
+STRONG-ARM OF AVALON. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. "Takes hold of the
+interest and of the heart and never lets go."
+
+JACK HILDRETH ON THE NILE. By C. MAY. "Courage, truth, honest
+dealing with friend and foe."
+
+A KLONDIKE PICNIC. By ELEANOR C. DONNELLY. "Alive with the charm
+that belongs to childhood."
+
+A COLLEGE BOY. By ANTHONY YORKE. "Healthy, full of life, full of
+incident."
+
+THE GREAT CAPTAIN. By KATHARINE T. HINKSON. "Makes the most
+interesting and delightful reading."
+
+THE YOUNG COLOR GUARD. By MARY G. BONESTEEL. "The attractiveness of
+the tale is enhanced by the realness that pervades it."
+
+THE HALDEMAN CHILDREN. By MARY E. MANNIX. "Full of people
+entertaining, refined, and witty."
+
+PAULINE ARCHER. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "Sure to captivate the hearts of
+all juvenile readers."
+
+THE ARMORER OF SOLINGEN. By W. HERCHENBACH. "Cannot fail to inspire
+honest ambition."
+
+THE INUNDATION. By CANON SCHMID. "Sure to please the young readers
+for whom it is intended."
+
+THE BLISSYLVANIA POST-OFFICE. By MARION A. TAGGART. "Pleasing and
+captivating to young people."
+
+DIMPLING'S SUCCESS. By CLARA MULHOLLAND. "Vivacious and natural and
+cannot fail to be a favorite."
+
+BISTOURI. By A. MELANDRI. "How Bistouri traces out the plotters and
+foils them makes interesting reading."
+
+FRED'S LITTLE DAUGHTER. By SARA T. SMITH. "The heroine wins her way
+into the heart of every one."
+
+THE SEA-GULL'S ROCK. By J. SANDEAU. "The intrepidity of the little
+hero will appeal to every boy."
+
+ JUVENILE ROUND TABLE. FIRST SERIES. A collection of twenty stories
+by the foremost writers, with many full-page illustrations.
+
+
+20 Copyrighted Stories for the Young
+
+By the Best Catholic Writers
+
+SPECIAL NET PRICE, $10.00
+
+$1.00 down, $1.00 a month
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on preceding pages
+
+Juvenile Library C
+
+PERCY WYNN; OR, MAKING A BOY OF HIM. By REV. F.J. FINN, S.J. "The
+most successful Catholic juvenile published."
+
+THE RACE FOR COPPER ISLAND. By REV. H.S. SPALDING, S.J. "Father
+Spalding's descriptions equal those of Cooper."
+
+SHADOWS LIFTED. By REV. J.E. COPUS, S.J. "We know of no books more
+delightful and interesting."
+
+HOW THEY WORKED THEIR WAY, AND OTHER STORIES. By MAURICE F. EGAN. "A
+choice collection of stories by one of the most popular writers."
+
+WINNETOU, THE APACHE KNIGHT. By C. MAY. "Chapters of breathless
+interest."
+
+MILLY AVELING. By SARA TRAINER SMITH. "The best story Sara Trainer
+Smith has ever written."
+
+THE TRANSPLANTING OF TESSIE. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. "An excellent
+girl's story."
+
+THE PLAYWATER PLOT. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. "How the plotters are
+captured and the boy rescued makes a very interesting story."
+
+AN ADVENTURE WITH THE APACHES. By GABRIEL FERRY.
+
+PANCHO AND PANCHITA. By MARY E. MANNIX. "Full of color and warmth of
+life in old Mexico."
+
+RECRUIT TOMMY COLLINS. By MARY G. BONESTEEL. "Many a boyish heart
+will beat in envious admiration of little Tommy."
+
+BY BRANSCOME RIVER. By MARION A. TAGGART. "A creditable book in
+every way."
+
+THE QUEEN'S PAGE. By KATHARINE TYNAN HINKSON. "Will arouse the young
+to interest in historical matters and is a good story well told."
+
+MARY TRACY'S FORTUNE. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "Sprightly, interesting
+and well written."
+
+BOB-O'LINK. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. "Every boy and girl will be
+delighted with Bob-o'Link."
+
+THREE GIRLS AND ESPECIALLY ONE. By MARION A. TAGGART. "There is an
+exquisite charm in the telling."
+
+WRONGFULLY ACCUSED. By W. HERCHENBACH. "A simple tale,
+entertainingly told."
+
+THE CANARY BIRD. By CANON SCHMID. "The story is a fine one and will
+be enjoyed by boys and girls."
+
+FIVE O'CLOCK STORIES. By S.H. C. J. "The children who are blessed
+with such stories have much to be thankful for."
+
+ JUVENILE ROUND TABLE. SECOND SERIES. A collection of twenty
+stories by the foremost writers, with many full-page illustrations.
+
+
+20 Copyrighted Stories for the Young
+
+By the Best Catholic Writers
+
+SPECIAL NET PRICE, $10.00
+
+$1.00 down, $1.00 a month
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on preceding pages
+
+Juvenile Library D
+
+THE WITCH OF RIDINGDALE. By REV. DAVID BEARNE, S.J. "Here is a story
+for boys that bids fair to equal any of Father Finn's successes."
+
+THE MYSTERY OF CLEVERLY. By GEORGE BARTON. There is a peculiar charm
+about this novel that the discriminating reader will ascribe to the
+author's own personality.
+
+HARMONY FLATS. By C.S. WHITMORE. The characters in this story are
+all drawn true to life, and the incidents are exciting.
+
+WAYWARD WINIFRED. By ANNA T. SADLIER. A story for girls. Its youthful
+readers will enjoy the vivid description, lively conversations, and
+plenty of striking incidents, all winding up happily.
+
+TOM LOSELY: BOY. By REV. J.E. COPUS, S.J. Illustrated. The writer
+knows boys and boy nature, and small-boy nature too.
+
+MORE FIVE O'CLOCK STORIES. By S.H. C.J. "The children who are
+blessed with such stories have much to be thankful for."
+
+JACK O'LANTERN. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. This book is alive with
+interest. It is full of life and incident.
+
+THE BERKLEYS. By EMMA HOWARD WIGHT. A truly inspiring tale, full of
+excitement. There is not a dull page.
+
+LITTLE MISSY. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. A charming story for children
+which will be enjoyed by older folk as well.
+
+TOM'S LUCK-POT. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. Full of fun and charming
+incidents--a book that every boy should read.
+
+CHILDREN OF CUPA. By MARY E. MANNIX. One of the most thoroughly
+unique and charming books that has found its way to the reviewing
+desk in many a day.
+
+FOR THE WHITE ROSE. By KATHARINE T. HINKSON. This book is something
+more than a story; but, as a mere story, it is admirably well
+written.
+
+THE DOLLAR HUNT. From the French by E.G. MARTIN. Those who wish to
+get a _fascinating_ tale should read this story.
+
+THE VIOLIN MAKER. From the original of OTTO V. SCHACHING, by SARA
+TRAINER SMITH. There is much truth in this simple little story.
+
+"JACK." By S.H. C.J. As loving and lovable a little fellow as there
+is in the world is "Jack," the "pickle," the "ragamuffin," the
+defender of persecuted kittens and personal principles.
+
+A SUMMER AT WOODVILLE. By ANNA T. SADLIER. This is a beautiful book,
+in full sympathy with and delicately expressive of the author's
+creations.
+
+DADDY DAN. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. This is a rattling good story for
+boys.
+
+THE BELL FOUNDRY. By OTTO V. SCHACHING. So interesting that the
+reader will find difficulty in tearing himself away.
+
+TOORALLADDY. By JULIA C. WALSH. An exciting story of the varied
+fortunes of an orphan boy from abject poverty in a dismal cellar to
+success.
+
+ JUVENILE ROUND TABLE. THIRD SERIES. A collection of twenty stories
+by the foremost writers.
+
+
+Dues, 10c. a Month
+
+Catholic Circulating Library
+
+A New Book Every Month
+
+NOVELS
+
+12 Copyrighted Novels by the Best Authors
+
+SPECIAL PRICE, $12.00
+
+You get the books at once, and have the use of them while making
+easy payments
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on first page
+
+
+Library of Novels No. I
+
+THE RULER OF THE KINGDOM. By GRACE KEON. "Will charm any reader."
+
+KIND HEARTS AND CORONETS. By J. HARRISON. "A real, true life
+history, the kind one could live through and never read it for
+romance."
+
+IN THE DAYS OF KING HAL. By MARION A. TAGGART. Illustrated. "A tale
+of the time of Henry V. of England, full of adventure and
+excitement."
+
+HEARTS OF GOLD. By I. EDHOR. "It is a tale that will leave its
+reader the better for knowing its heroine, her tenderness and her
+heart of gold."
+
+THE HEIRESS OF CRONENSTEIN. By COUNTESS HAHN-HAHN. "An exquisite
+story of life and love, told in touchingly simple words."
+
+THE PILKINGTON HEIR. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "Skill and strength are
+shown in this story. The plot is well constructed and the characters
+vividly differentiated."
+
+THE OTHER MISS LISLE. A Catholic novel of South African life. By
+M.C. MARTIN. A powerful story by a writer of distinct ability.
+
+IDOLS; OR, THE SECRET OF THE RUE CHAUSSEE D'ANTIN. By RAOUL DE
+NAVERY. "The story is a remarkably clever one; it is well
+constructed and evinces a master hand."
+
+THE SOGGARTH AROON. By REV. JOSEPH GUINAN, C.C. A capital Irish
+story.
+
+THE VOCATION OF EDWARD CONWAY. By MAURICE F. EGAN. "This is a novel
+of modern American life. The scene is laid in a pleasant colony of
+cultivated people on the banks of the Hudson, not far from West
+Point."
+
+A WOMAN OF FORTUNE. By CHRISTIAN REID. "That great American Catholic
+novel for which so much inquiry is made, a story true in its picture
+of Americans at home and abroad."
+
+PASSING SHADOWS. By ANTHONY YORKE. "A thoroughly charming story. It
+sparkles from first to last with interesting situations and
+dialogues that are full of sentiment. There is not a slow page."
+
+
+12 Copyrighted Novels by the Best Authors
+
+SPECIAL NET PRICES, $12.00
+
+$1.00 down, $1.00 a month
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on first page.
+
+
+Library of Novels No. II
+
+THE SENIOR LIEUTENANT'S WAGER, and Other Stories. 30 stories by 30
+of the foremost Catholic writers.
+
+A DAUGHTER OF KINGS. By KATHARINE TYNAN HINKSON. "The book is most
+enjoyable."
+
+THE WAY THAT LED BEYOND. By J. HARRISON. "The story does not drag,
+the plot is well worked out, and the interest endures to the very
+last page."
+
+CORINNE'S VOW. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. With 16 full-page illustrations.
+"There is genuine artistic merit in its plot and life-story. It is
+full of vitality and action."
+
+THE FATAL BEACON. By F.V. BRACKEL. "The story is told well and
+clearly, and has a certain charm that will be found interesting. The
+principal characters are simple, good-hearted people, and the
+heroine's high sense of courage impresses itself upon the reader as
+the tale proceeds."
+
+THE MONK'S PARDON: An Historical Romance of the Time of Philip IV.
+of Spain. By RAOUL DE NAVERY. "A story full of stirring incidents
+and written in a lively, attractive style."
+
+PERE MONNIER'S WARD. By WALTER LECKY. "The characters are life-like
+and there is a pathos in the checkered life of the heroine. Pere
+Monnier is a memory that will linger."
+
+TRUE STORY OF MASTER GERARD. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "One of the most
+thoroughly original and delightful romances ever evolved from the
+pen of a Catholic writer."
+
+THE UNRAVELING OF A TANGLE. By MARION A. TAGGART. With four
+full-page illustrations. "This story tells of the adventures of a
+young American girl, who, in order to get possession of a fortune
+left her by an uncle, whom she had never seen, goes to France."
+
+THAT MAN'S DAUGHTER. By HENRY M. ROSS. "A well-told story of
+American life, the scene laid in Boston, New York and California. It
+is very interesting."
+
+FABIOLA'S SISTER. (A companion volume to Cardinal Wiseman's
+"Fabiola.") Adapted by A.C. CLARKE. "A book to read--a worthy sequel
+to that masterpiece, 'Fabiola.'"
+
+THE OUTLAW OF CAMARGUE: A Novel. By A. DE LAMOTHE. "A capital novel
+with plenty of go in it."
+
+
+12 Copyrighted Novels by the Best Authors
+
+SPECIAL NET PRICE, $12.00
+
+$1.00 down, $1.00 a month
+
+Read explanation of our Circulating Library plan on first page.
+
+
+Library of Novels No. III
+
+"NOT A JUDGMENT." By GRACE KEON. "Beyond doubt the best Catholic
+novel of the year."
+
+THE RED INN OF ST. LYPHAR. By ANNA T. SADLIER. "A story of stirring
+times in France, when the sturdy Vendeans rose in defence of country
+and religion."
+
+HER FATHER'S DAUGHTER. By KATHARINE TYNAN HINKSON. "So dramatic and
+so intensely interesting that the reader, will find it difficult to
+tear himself away from the story."
+
+OUT OF BONDAGE. By M. HOLT. "Once his book becomes known it will be
+read by a great many."
+
+MARCELLA GRACE. By ROSA MULHOLLAND. Mr. Gladstone called this novel
+_a masterpiece_.
+
+THE CIRCUS-RIDER'S DAUGHTER. By F. V. BRACKEL. This work has
+achieved a remarkable success for a Catholic novel, for in less than
+a year three editions were printed.
+
+CARROLL DARE. By MARY T. WAGGAMAN. Illustrated. "A thrilling story,
+with the dash of horses and the clash of swords on every side."
+
+DION AND THE SIBYLS. By MILES KEON. "Dion is as brilliantly, as
+accurately and as elegantly classical, as scholarly in style and
+diction, as fascinating in plot and as vivid in action as Ben Hur."
+
+HER BLIND FOLLY. By H. M. ROSS. A clever story with an interesting
+and well-managed plot and many striking situations.
+
+MISS ERIN. By M. E. FRANCIS. "A captivating tale of Irish life,
+redolent of genuine Celtic wit, love and pathos."
+
+MR. BILLY BUTTONS. By WALTER LECKY. "The figures who move in rugged
+grandeur through these pages are as fresh and unspoiled in their way
+as the good folk of Drumtochty."
+
+CONNOR D'ARCY'S STRUGGLES. By MRS. W. M. BERTHOLDS. "A story of
+which the spirit is so fine and the Catholic characters so nobly
+conceived."
+
+
+Continuation Library
+
+ YOU SUBSCRIBE FOR FOUR NEW
+ NOVELS A YEAR, TO BE MAILED TO
+ YOU AS PUBLISHED, AND RECEIVE
+ BENZIGER'S MAGAZINE FREE.
+
+Each year we publish _four new novels_ by the best Catholic authors.
+These novels are interesting beyond the ordinary--not religious, but
+Catholic in tone and feeling. They are issued in the best modern
+style.
+
+We ask you to give us a _standing order_ for these novels. The price
+is $1.25, which will be charged as each volume is issued, and the
+volume sent postage paid.
+
+_As a special inducement_ for giving us a _standing order_ for the
+novels, we shall include free a subscription to _Benziger's Magazine_.
+_Benziger's Magazine_ is recognized as the best and handsomest
+Catholic periodical published, and we are sure will be welcomed in
+every library. The regular price of the Magazine is $2.00 a year.
+
+Thus for $5.00 a year--paid $1.25 at a time--you will get four good
+books and receive in addition a year's subscription to _Benziger's
+Magazine_. The Magazine will be continued from year to year, as long
+as the standing order for the novels is in force, which will be till
+countermanded.
+
+
+THE FAMOUS ROUND TABLE SERIES
+
+4 VOLUMES, $6.00
+
+50 CENTS DOWN; 50 CENTS A MONTH
+
+On payment of 50 cents you get the books and a free subscription to
+Benziger's Magazine
+
+_The Greatest Stories by the foremost Catholic Writers in the World_
+
+ With Portraits of the Authors, Sketches of their Lives, and
+ a List of their Works. _Four exquisite volumes_, containing
+ the masterpieces of 36 of the foremost writers of AMERICA,
+ ENGLAND, IRELAND, GERMANY, AND FRANCE. Each story complete.
+ Open any volume at random and you will find a great story
+ to entertain you.
+
+ SPECIAL OFFER
+
+ In order to place this fine collection of stories in every
+ home, we make the following special offer: _Send us 50
+ cents_ and the four fine volumes will be sent to you
+ immediately. Then you pay 50 cents each month until $6.00
+ has been paid.
+
+
+LIBRARY OF SHORT STORIES
+
+BY A BRILLIANT ARRAY OF CATHOLIC AUTHORS
+
+ORIGINAL STORIES BY 33 WRITERS
+
+Four Handsome Volumes and Benziger's Magazine for a Year at the
+Special Price of $5.00
+
+ 50 CENTS DOWN; 50 CENTS A MONTH
+
+ You get the books at once, and have the use of them while
+ making easy payments. Send us only 50 cents, and we will
+ forward the books at once; 50 cents entitles you to
+ immediate possession. No further payment need be made for a
+ month; afterwards you pay 50 cents a month.
+
+ STORIES BY
+
+ Anna T. Sadlier
+ Mary E. Mannix
+ Mary T. Waggaman
+ Jerome Harte
+ Mary G. Bonesteel
+ Magdalen Rock
+ Eugenie Uhlrich
+ Alice Richardson
+ Katharine Jenkins
+ Mary Boyle O'Reilly
+ Clara Mulholland
+ Grace Keon
+ Louisa Emily Dobree
+ Theo. Gift
+ Margaret E. Jordan
+ Agnes M. Rowe
+ Julia C. Walsh
+ Madge Mannix
+ Leigh Gordon Giltner
+ Eleanor C. Donnelly
+ Teresa Stanton
+ H. J. Carroll
+ Rev. T. J. Livingstone, S.J.
+ Marion Ames Taggart
+ Maurice Francis Egan
+ Mary F. Nixon-Roulet
+ Mrs. Francis Chadwick
+ Catharine L. Meagher
+ Anna Blanche McGill
+ Mary Catherine Crowley
+ Katherine Tynan-Hinkson
+ Sallie Margaret O'Malley
+ Emma Howard Wight
+
+
+ 900 PAGES 500 ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+A GREAT OFFER
+
+THE LIFE OF OUR LORD
+
+AND
+
+SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST
+
+AND OF HIS VIRGIN MOTHER MARY
+
+FROM THE ORIGINAL OF
+
+L. C. BUSINGER, LL.D.
+
+BY
+
+Rev. RICHARD BRENNAN, LL.D.
+
+ Quarto, half morocco, full gilt side, gilt edges, 900 pages,
+ 500 illustrations in the text and 32 full-page
+ illustrations by
+ M. FEUERSTEIN
+
+PRICE, NET $10.00
+
+EASY PAYMENT PLAN $1.00 DOWN, $1.00 A MONTH
+
+Mail $1.00 to-day and the book will be shipped to you immediately.
+Then you pay $1.00 a month till $10.00 is paid.
+
+This is not only a Life of Christ and of His Blessed Mother, but also
+a carefully condensed history of God's Church from Adam to the end of
+the world in type, prophecy and fulfilment, it contains a popular
+dogmatic theology and a real catechism of perseverance, filled with
+spiritual food for the soul.
+
+
+ The Best Stories and Articles Over 1000 Illustrations a Year
+
+BENZIGER'S MAGAZINE
+
+The Popular Catholic Family Monthly
+
+_Recommended by 70 Archbishops and Bishops of the United States_
+
+SUBSCRIPTION, $2.00 A YEAR
+
+What Benziger's Magazine gives its Readers:
+
+Fifty complete stories by the best writers--equal to a book of 300
+pages selling at $1.25.
+
+Three complete novels of absorbing interest--equal to three books
+selling at $1.25 each.
+
+Over 1000 beautiful illustrations.
+
+Twenty-five large reproductions of celebrated paintings.
+
+Twenty articles--equal to a book of 150 pages--on travel and
+adventure; on the manners, customs and home-life of peoples; on the
+haunts and habits of animal life, etc.
+
+Twenty articles--equal to a book of 150 pages--on our country:
+historic events, times, places, important industries.
+
+Twenty articles--equal to a book of 150 pages--on the fine arts:
+celebrated artists and their paintings, sculpture, music, etc., and
+nature studies.
+
+Twelve pages of games and amusements for in and out of doors.
+
+Fifty pages of fashions, fads and fancies, gathered at home and
+abroad, helpful hints for home workers, household column, cooking
+receipts, etc.
+
+"Current Events," the important happenings over the whole world,
+described with pen and pictures.
+
+Prize competitions, in which valuable prizes are offered.
+
+This is what is given in a Single Year of Benziger's Magazine
+
+Send $2.00 now and become a subscriber to the best and handsomest
+Catholic Magazine published.
+
+ BENZIGER BROTHERS
+
+ NEW YORK: CINCINNATI: CHICAGO:
+ 36-38 Barclay Street. 343 Main Street. 211-213 Madison Street.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's 'As Gold in the Furnace', by John E. Copus
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 'AS GOLD IN THE FURNACE' ***
+
+***** This file should be named 37926.txt or 37926.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/7/9/2/37926/
+
+Produced by Jen Haines and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.